Home

GT47/GT48 Technical Description

1. lt fo gt Description 0 First octet of SMS DELIVER in integer format 1 First octet of SMS_ SUBMIT in integer format 2 First octet of SMS STATUS REPORT in integer format 3 First octet of SMS COMMAND in integer format lt mr gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP Message_Reference lt ra gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Recipient Address Value field BCD or GSM default alphabet are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set refef command CSCS Type of address given by lt tosca gt lt dt gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Discharge Time in string format yy mm dd hh mm ss zz where characters indicate year month day hour minutes seconds and time zone lt st gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP status 219 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT lt ct gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP command type Default value is 0 lt sn gt Description Integer GSM 03 41 CBM serial number lt mid gt Description String type All different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers refer lt mid gt default is empty string e g 0 1 5 7 lt mid gt GSM 03 41 CBM message identifier in integer format lt page gt Description Integer format GSM 03 41 CBM page parameter bits 4 7 in integer format lt pages gt D
2. lt n gt Description 0 Disable network monitoring unsolicited result code Default value 1 One shot presentation of the network location information Display mode with headers and lt CR gt lt LF gt line separators 2 Enable network location information unsolicited result code in Display mode like n 1 There will be continuous unsolicited information responses lt m gt seconds apart 3 One shot presentation of the compact network location information 4 Enable compact network location information unsolicited result code There will be continuous unsolicited information responses lt m gt seconds apart 5 One shot presentation of the network location information verbose format including 16 BTSs coming from the Serving Cell signalling information 6 As n 5 format but there will be continuous unsolicited information responses lt m gt seconds apart 7 One shot presentation of the network information same information as in n 1 but no headers or lt CR gt lt LF gt line separators Neighbour cells from the Toplist 8 As n 7 format but there will be continuous unsolicited information responses lt m gt seconds apart lt m gt Description 1 255 Integer type giving time in seconds between unsolicited responses Default value is 5 lt mcc gt Description Integer type Three digits in decimal format The Mobile Country Code identifies the PLMN serving cell country according to ITU lt mnc gt Description Integer type
3. ssssssssssssssseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 71 4 4 AT EAMS Ericsson Audio Mode Selection sssecsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 72 4 5 AT EARS Ericsson Audio Ring Signal cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 73 4 6 AT E2PHFB Portable Handsfree Button Sense Enable 00 74 4 7 AT ELAM Ericsson Local Audio Mode c seesseeeeeeeseesteaaaeeeeeeeees 74 4 8 AT EMIC Ericsson Microphone Mode c eeeeeeeeeetesteeeaeeeeeeeeees 75 4 9 AT EMIR Ericsson Music Mute Indication Request cccccccccccscseeeees 75 4 10 AT ESMA Ericsson Set Message Alert Sound eeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeetaees 76 4 11 ATM Monitor Speaker Control 00 0 ceeeeeeeceeeeeeeseseeesssneaeaaaeeeeeeeeees 76 4 12 AT ERIL Ericsson Ring Level Set cccccccceeecteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeteeenaaes 77 4 13 AT ERIN Ericsson Ring Set ccccceccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesnsaeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 78 4 14 AT ERIP Ericsson Ring Signal Playback Command cceeeeees 80 4 LZT 123 8023 R1A 5 Data 5 1 5 2 9 GPS 9 1 9 2 10 Fax 10 1 10 2 LZT 123 8023 R1A CSD HSCS Dirina aa a aE i a ia 81 AT CBST Select Bearer Service Type c cccssscccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeens 81 AT CRLP Radio Link ProtoColss scasiccaianitaxteicaen tan tiateiaiamtnannecs 82 APRS E EE E TT 85 AT CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate cccesssscssceeeeees 85 AT CGAT
4. 2 127 Reserved lt mt gt Description 0 Mobile terminated messages not supported 1 Mobile terminated messages supported 230 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT lt mo gt Description Mobile originated messages not supported Mobile originated messages supported lt bm gt Description Broadcast messages not supported Broadcast messages supported lt err gt Description 0 127 128 255 300 302 304 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 500 O11 512 GSM 04 11 Annex E 2 values GSM 03 40 subclause 9 2 3 22 values ME failure Operation not allowed Invalid PDU mode parameter SIM not inserted SIM PIN required PH SIM PIN required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong SIM PUK required SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required Unknown error Other values in range 256 511 are reserved Manufacturer specific 16 17 AT E2SMSRI Ring indicator for SMS Description Command Possible Responses Enable RI for incoming AT E2SMSRI lt n gt OK SMS ERROR 231 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Show the current setting AT E2SMSRI E2SMSRI lt n gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT E2SMSRI E2SMSRI list of supported supported lt n gt s OK ERROR Description This command enables disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an incoming SMS messa
5. lt value gt Description 8 Line editing character Default value 0 to 127 Line editing character 3 7 ATS6 Blind Dial Delay Control Description Command Possible Responses Blind dial delay control ATS6 lt dly gt OK Show the current setting ATS6 lt dly gt Show if the command is ATS6 S6 list of supported supported lt dly gt s Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt dly gt Description 2 Wait two seconds before blind dialling Default value 2 255 Number of seconds to wait before blind dialling 33 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 3 8 ATS7 Connection Completion Timeout Description Command Possible Responses Set connection ATS7 lt tmo gt OK completion timeout ERROR Show the current setting ATS7 lt tmo gt Show if the command is ATS7 S7 list of supported supported lt tmo gt s Description Defines the maximum time allowed between completion of dialling and the connection being established If this time is exceeded then the connection is aborted lt tmo gt Description 50 Timeout value in seconds Default value 1 255 Timeout value in seconds 3 9 ATS8 Comma Dial Modifier Delay Control Description Command Possible Responses Set Comma Dial Modifier ATS8 lt dly gt OK Delay Control ERROR Show the current setting ATS8 lt dly gt Show if the command is ATS8 S8 list of supported supported lt dly gt
6. Description Command Possible Responses Execute AT amp F OK ERROR Show if the command is AT amp F amp F list of supported supported lt profile gt s Description This command instructs the DCE to set all parameters to default values specified by the manufacturer which may take in consideration hardware configuration and other manufacturer defined criteria 11 3 AT amp W Store User Profile Description Command Possible Responses Stores the current user AT amp W lt pr gt or OK profile to non volatile AT amp W lt pr gt ERROR memory Show if the command is AT amp W amp W list of supported supported lt pr gt s 125 LZT 123 8023 R1A 11 IDENTIFICATION Description This command stores the current user profile in non volatile memory The user profile consists of all of the user configurable settings other than those set by AT CBST If the unit is powered down and back up gain this is the profile it will use lt pr gt Description 0 Stores current settings in User Profile 0 11 4 AT List all Supported AT Commands Description Command Possible Responses List all implemented AT AT lt AT Command1 gt lt CR gt commands lt LF gt lt AT Command2 gt lt AT Command1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt AT Command2 gt Description Lists all the commands supported by the MS 11 5 AT CGMI Read MS Manufacturer Identification Description Com
7. Show the AT EAMS current setting Show if the AT EAMS command is supported OK ERROR EAMS lt internal_voice_alg gt lt noise_reduction gt lt side_tone gt lt short_echo_canceling gt lt AFMS_gain gt lt class gt lt AT MS_sensitivity_deviation_fro m_class gt lt AFMS _sensitivit y_deviation_from_class gt EAMS list of supported lt internal_voice_alg gt s lt noise_reduction gt s lt side_tone gt s lt short_echo_canceling gt s lt AFMS_gain gt s gt lt class gt s lt ATMS_sensitivity_deviatio n_from_class gt s lt AFMS_sensitivity_deviatio n_from_class gt s Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt internal_voice_alg gt Description 0 None 1 Semi Duplex 2 Full Duplex Note the internal hands free algorithm in the MS contains echo cancelling lt noise_reduction gt Description 0 Off 1 On 72 4 AUDIO lt side_tone gt Description 0 Off 1 On lt short_echo_canceling gt Description 0 Off 1 On lt ATMS_gain gt Description 0 Normal 0 dB internal voice processing lt Class gt Description 0 None 1 Low end class reference Hector 2 Mid End class reference Scott 3 High End class reference Hasse lt ATMS_sensitivity_deviation_from_class gt Description lt AFMS_sensitivity_deviation_from_class gt 0 0 dB 1 2 5 dB 2 2 5 dB 3 5 0 dB 4 5 0 dB 4 5 AT
8. Alternative Configuration It is possible to reconfigure one or more of the signals in this section RTS CTS DTR DSR DCD and RI to be used as digital inputs or outputs if the full RS232 serial interface is not required Configuration is achieved using AT command AT E2IO or via embedded application intrinsic functions please refer to GT47 GR47 signal cross reference table page 21 To be reconfigured as a digital IO each signal must retain the direction and the logic voltage levels attributed to it when used as an RS232 signal For example DSR can only be reconfigured as a digital output with Vou 2 V 3 2 5 Extended I O Signals Please refer to GT47 GR47 signal cross reference table page 21 for more information on the relationship between signal names and pin numbers of the GT47 and the embedded GR47 engine Digital Inputs Pin4 amp 11 Digital inputs IN 2 and IN 3 are available on the HD15 connector via pins 11 and 4 respectively The inputs are detected via signals IO4 and IO7 of the embedded GR47 engine Note As an alternative configuration signals IN 2 and IN 3 can be used to support a second RS232 serial interface as RTS 2 and TD 2 Further information is given below Analog Input Pin 15 The signal ANA_IN can be used for measuring analog input values in the range 0 12 75V ADC2 of the embedded GR47 is used to detect ANA_IN The resolution of the converter is 8 bit with an measurement accuracy of about 3 The i
9. LZT 123 8023 R1A CONNECT e CONNECT lt text gt NO CARRIER ERROR NO DIAL TONE BUSY OK CONNECT CONNECT lt text gt e NO CARRIER ERROR e NO DIAL TONE BUSY OK CONNECT CONNECT lt text gt NO CARRIER ERROR NO DIAL TONE BUSY OK CONNECT CONNECT lt text gt e NO CARRIER ERROR NO DIAL TONE BUSY OK Description Used to initiate a ME connection which may be data or voice ME number terminated by semicolon The ME number used to establish the connection will consist of digits and modifiers or a stored number specification If the dial string is followed by a semicolon this informs the ME that the number is a voice rather than a data number If the dial string is omitted and the semicolon included the command instructs the ME to do a network detect If the network is available OK is returned LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 CALL CONTROL Abortability Aborting an ATD command is accomplished by the transmission from the DTE to the DCE of any character A single character shall be sufficient to abort the command in progress however characters transmitted during the first 125 milliseconds after transmission of the termination character are ignored This is to allow the DTE to append additional control characters such as line feed after the command line termination character lt dial_string gt Description 0123456
10. Description Command Possible Responses Set MS functionality AT CFUN lt fun gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK Show the current AT CFUN CFUN lt fun gt setting CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command AT CFUN e CFUN list of is supported supported lt fun gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description Note Selects the level of functionality lt fun gt in the MS Level full functionality results in the highest level of power drawn Minimum functionality results in the minimum power drawn Manufacturers may also specify levels of functionality between these two end levels Test command returns values supported by the ME as a compound AT CFUN is interpreted as AT CFUN 0 lt fun gt Description 0 Minimum functionality Default value Note The ME is turned off 1 Full functionality 3 23 AT CIND Indicator Control LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set Indicator Control AT CIND lt ind gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt ind gt OK ERROR Show the current AT CIND CIND lt ind gt lt ind gt setting CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CIND CIND lt descr gt list of command is supported lt ind gt s supported lt descr gt list of supported lt ind gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK 50 3 CONTROL AND STATUS ERROR Description Used to set the va
11. Verification code first Default value ME number to call first 186 15 5 AT ESVM Ericsson Set Voice Mail Number LZT 123 8023 R1A 15 PHONEBOOK Parameter Command Syntax Description Command Possible Responses Set voice mail number Show the current setting Show if the command is supported or not AT ESVM lt sline gt lt index gt lt onoff gt lt number gt lt type gt AT ESVM AT ESVM CME ERROR lt err gt e ESVM lt line1 gt lt index1 gt lt onoff1 gt lt number1 gt lt type1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt ESVM lt line1 gt lt index2 gt lt onoff2 gt lt numbe r2 gt lt type1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt ES VM lt line2 gt lt index1 gt lt onoff 1 gt lt number1 gt lt type1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt ESVM lt line2 gt lt inde x2 gt lt onoff2 gt lt number2 gt lt t ype1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CME lt err gt ESVM list of supported lt line gt s list of supported lt index gt es list of supported lt onoff gt s lt nlength gt list of supported lt type gt s e CME lt err gt Description The number to the voice mail server is set with this command L1 can have two voice mail numbers and if ALS is active L2 can have two voice mail numbers The numbers can be different or the same One number index 1 is for the home network and the other index 2 is for roaming The unit changes voice mail number automatically The p
12. OK ERROR Description This command orders the ME to be in silent mode When the ME is in silent mode all sounds from the MS are prevented lt mode gt Description 0 Silent mode off Default value 1 Silent mode on LZT 123 8023 R1A 191 15 PHONEBOOK 15 11 AT ESNU Ericsson Settings Number Description Command Possible Responses Sets a number inthe MS AT ESNU lt type gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt number gt lt number OK type gt ERROR Show the current setting AT ESNU ESNU lt type 1 gt lt number 1 gt lt number type 1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt ESNU lt type n gt lt number n gt lt number type n gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT ESNU ESNU list of supported supported lt type gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command sets a lt type gt number in the format lt number type gt in the MS lt type gt Description 0 Voice L1 1 Voice L2 2 Fax 3 Data lt number type gt Description 129 Default value when dialling string does not include the international access code character 145 Default value when dialling string includes the international access code character lt number gt Description 0 9 Number LZT 123 8023 R1A 192 15 12 15 13 LZT 123 8023 R1A 15 PHONEBOOK AT CPBF Phonebook
13. Possible responses are indicated both as lt command gt list of supported lt parameter gt and in most cases the actual range of the parameter values 1 3 3 AT Response Syntax LZT 123 8023 R1A The default mode response shown below is in text mode See the command ATV for further details Possible formats for the result codes are e Basic format result code such as OK The Basic result code also has a numerical equivalent e Extended format result code prefixed with a plus sign or an asterisk AT lt command gt lt parameter gt AT lt command gt lt parameter gt where the lt parameter gt is the result code value note that a single space character separates the colon character from the lt parameter gt If several values are included in the result code they are separated by commas It is also possible that a result code has no value The extended syntax result codes have no numerical equivalent They are always issued in alphabetical form e Information text response may contain multiple lines separated by lt CR gt The TE detects the end of informational text responses by looking for a final result code response such as OK 2 CALL CONTROL There are two types of result code responses as outlined below Final Result Code A final result code indicates to the TE that execution of the command is completed and another command may be issued e If you type an implemented AT command
14. cccccccceseeeeeeeeeeees 165 14 6 AT EPNR Ericsson Read SIM Preferred Network ccccccccecseeeeeeees 166 14 7 AT EPNW Ericsson Write SIM Preferred Network csecsenc 167 6 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 8 AT E2SSN Ericsson M2M SIM Serial Number 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 168 14 9 AT ESLN Ericsson Set Line Name cceeeeeeeeeeseesseeeeeseeeeeseees 169 14 10AT CIMI Subscriber Identification ccceeesseeseeesetesssensseeeaaeees 170 14 11 AT CLCK Facility LOCK ceccorncs uate atitnonsieien als ene nla 170 14 12AT CNUM Subscriber NUMbE ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeseeeeeeeees 172 14 13 AT COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation c0 173 14 14AT COPN Read Operator Names cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeees 174 14 15AT COPS Operator Selection cccccccceeeseeseeeseseessssssssssssssessesseseeees 175 14 16AT CPOL Preferred Operator List 00 c eeeeeeeeeeeeetesssestessteaeees 176 14 17 AT CREG Network Registration cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteee 177 14 18AT ECPI Ciphering Indicator cccceceeeeeee eee eeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeetees 178 14 19AT E2NBTS Ericsson M2M Neighbour BTS ccccccccsessetstteeeeeeeees 180 14 20 AT ESRT SIM Reset TIMCOUt ics crcccccacatac cals renetehaussnalaceehangunce usages 182 15 Phonebook iharra erarnan dea re vee aN EEA esterase ieee eae 183 15
15. lt alpha_id gt Description String type Field of string type format between Coding is according to EFanp as defined in GSM 11 11 FF In case that the SIM does not provide the optional alpha identifier or this is a null data object the ME shall give FF to indicate SS string sent so that the external application is informed The maximum length is fixed lt SS_return gt Description Integer type Field of 1 byte indicating the SS Return Result Operation code as defined in GSM 04 80 so that the external application is informed about the result of the SS operation AT E2STKU STK Send USSD Unsolicited Result Code E2STKU lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt alpha_id gt Description The ME shall passes the lt alpha_id gt parameter within SEND USSD command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKU This informs the external application that the ME is sending a USSD string to the network lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to O It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet lt text_length gt Description Integer type
16. lt format gt Description 2 Numeric lt oper gt lt oper gt Description String String indicates the code for the operator E g GSM Sweden Europolitan 24008 3 2 PCS 3 digits for country and 3 digits for network LZT 123 8023 R1A 167 14 8 AT E2SSN 14 NETWORK Ericsson M2M SIM Serial Number Description Command Possible Responses Request SIM Serial AT E2SSN lt SSN gt number Shows if the command is AT E2SSN OK supported ERROR Description This command requests the SIM serial number held in the ICCid field address 2FE2 on the SIM and returns all valid characters to the TE This field is detailed in GSM 11 11 section 10 1 1 lt SSN gt Description String without double quotes SIM serial number Examples LZT 123 8023 R1A AT E2SSN 8944 110063503224707 OK where the raw data contained in the ICCid field on the SIM is 984411003605234207F7 Test command AT E2SSN OK 168 14 NETWORK 14 9 AT ESLN Ericsson Set Line Name Description Command Possible Responses Sets the line name tagin AT ESLN lt line the MS gt L lt name gt Show the current setting AT ESLN Show if the command is AT ESLN supported CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR ESLN lt line1 gt lt name1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt ESLN lt line2 gt lt name2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR
17. Coding is according to EFanp as defined in GSM 11 11 lt NbrOfltems gt Description Integer type Number of items to be presented in the following unsolicited results The maximum length is fixed 18 6 AT E2STKM M2M STK Set Up Menu Description Command Possible responses Answer to the AT E2STKM lt answer gt CME ERROR lt err gt reception of SET __ lt on_off gt OK UP MENU ERROR Show if the AT E2STKM E2STKM list of supported command is lt answer gt list of supported supported lt on_off gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description The ME passes the parameters within SET UP MENU command to the external application so that the STK menu can be built externally by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKM The current menu can be removed by sending only the parameter lt on_off gt 0 Answer command allows the external application to send the appropriate answer after receiving the unsolicited result code and before the timeout expires If Answer command is sent once the timeout expires an ERROR response is generated Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt answer gt Description 0 OK Performed as required it corresponds to 00 command performed successfully described in the GSM standard 1 Failed User Terminated Session the command was executed as requested and the user wants to end the proactive session It corresponds to 10 proactive s
18. check the latest listing with Sony Ericsson before starting any software development see Service and Support page 9 The AT commands listed below are supported by the GR47 48 italic within the GT47 Be aware that not all AT commands will perform valid operations in the GT47 owing to its modified range of IOs AT Command AT AT amp C AT amp D AT amp F AT amp S AT amp W AT AT E2APC AT E2APD AT E2APR AT E2C D AT E2EAMS AT E2EM M AT E2ESC AT E2FAX ATFE2I0 ATFE20 TR AT E2NBTS AT E2NMPR AT E2PBCS AT E2PHFB Description Attention Command Circuit 109 DCD Control Circuit 108 DTR Response Set to Factory Defined Configuration Circuit 107 DSR response Store User Profile Lis all Supported AT Commands Application Program Control Application Program Download M2M Audio Profile Manipulation Ericsson M2M Cell Description Eric son M2M Audio Profile Modification Ericson M2M Engineering Monitoring Mode M2M Escape Sequence Guard Time Ericsson M2M Fax Comm Baud Rate Modification Ericsson M2M Input Output Read Write Operational Temperature Reporting Ericsson M2M Neighbour BIS Ericsson M2M Set NMEA GPS Port Rate Ericsson M2M Phonebook Check Sum Portable Handsfree Button Sense Enable LZT 123 7607 R1B 36 8 ATCOMMAND SUMMARY AT Command AT E2SM SRI AT E2SPI ATE2SPN AT E2SSD AT E2SSI AT E2SSN ATKE2STIKC AT E2STKD ATKE2STKG AT E2STKI ATFE2STKL ATE2STKM AT E2STKN AT E2STKS AT
19. 5 Alarm Not supported lt place gt Description 0 Hand held 1 Car mounted 4 13 AT ERIN Ericsson Ring Set Description Command Possible Responses AT ERIN CME ERROR lt err gt Sets ring type for incoming voice L1 and L2 fax and data calls and alarm Show the current setting Show if the command is supported lt sound type gt lt call type gt AT ERIN AT ERIN OK ERROR ERIN lt sound type1 gt lt call type1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt ERIN lt sound type n gt lt call type n gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR ERIN list of supported lt sound type gt s list of supported lt call type gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR 78 LZT 123 8023 R1A Description 4 AUDIO Used to set sound for incoming voice line L1 and L2 fax data calls and alarm For each of the incoming call types and alarm voice on line 1 voice on line 2 fax calls and data calls and alarm a sound type is selected The type of sound is either a ring signal selected from a predefined set a melody selected from a predefined set or an own melody selected from a set specified by the user Line 1 is the default for lt call type gt if the parameter is not given lt calltype gt Description 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 3 Fax 4 Data 5 Alarm lt soundtype gt Description 0 Off Not supported 1 Low ring signal 2 Medium ring signal 3
20. Call transfer 1 3 7 Serial Communication The GT47 enables an end to end communication path to be established between the telemetry telematics application either hosted internal or connected externally and a remote terminal or host via the GSM network LZT 123 7607 R1B 1 INTRO DUCTION Once a path has been set up voice or data communication can take place An RS232 9 signal serial interface is available via the GT47 s 15 way high density data connector This primary serial interface can be used to 1 Control the GT47 via an external PC or micro controller using AT commands 2 Send and receive data The GT47 supports the full set of AT commands according to GSM 07 05 and GSM 07 07 It also supports an extended set of Ericsson proprietary AT commands to add extra functionality AT commands are used to operate the GT47 with a broad range of functions including e configuring general parameters of the GT47 e setting up and controlling communications to and from the GSM network e obtaining GSM network status information Additionally the GT47 provides a second RS232 serial interface operating as a 4 signal and GND interface with hardware flow control Rx Tx CTS and RTS This 4 signal serial interface is controllable via embedded applications and may be used to control external accessories e g a GPS receiver For more detail on the AT commands supported by the GT47 see AT Command Summary page 3
21. Description Command Possible Responses Switch to 07 10 Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT CMUX lt transpar CME ERROR lt err gt ency gt lt subset gt lt port_speed gt lt N1 gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt lt T2 gt L lt T3 gt lt k gt AT CMUX CMUX lt transparency gt lt subset gt lt port_speed gt lt N1 gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt lt T2 gt lt T3 gt lt k gt CME ERROR lt err gt AT CMUX CMUx list of supported lt transparency gt s list of supported lt subset gt s list of supported lt port_speed gt s list of supported lt N1 gt s list of supported lt T1 gt s list of supported lt N2 gt s list of supported lt T2 gt s list of supported lt T3 gt s list of supported lt k gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description The command is used to turn on the multiplexer Only no transparency is supported The parameter lt k gt is not used The default values for the parameters below are for no transparency and only UIH frames used lt transparency gt Description 0 No transparency lt subset gt Description 0 Only UIH frames used lt port_speed gt Description 1 9 600 bits s 2 19 200 bits s 148 13 INTERFACE 3 38 400 bits s 4 57 600 bits s 5 115 200 bits s 6 230 400 bits s 7 460 800 bits s lt N1
22. LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Select bearer service AT CBST lt speed gt OK type lt name gt lt ce gt ERROR Show the current setting AT CBST CBST lt speed gt lt name gt lt ce gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CBST CBST list of supported supported lt speed gt s list of supported lt name gt s list of supported lt ce gt s OK ERROR Description Selects the bearer service lt name gt with data rate lt speed gt and the connection element lt ce gt to be used when data calls are originated Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup especially in the case of single numbering scheme calls Test command returns values supported by the TA as compound values lt speed gt Description 0 12 15 Auto selection of baud rate 2400 bps V 22bis 4800 bps V 32 9600 bps V 32 9600 bps V 34 19200 bps V 34 81 5 DATA CSD HSCSD 68 70 71 75 79 80 81 82 83 2400 bps V 110 ISDN 4800 bps V 110 ISDN 9600 bps V 110 ISDN 14400 bps V 110 ISDN 19200 bps V 110 ISDN 28800 bps V 110 ISDN 38400 bps V 110 ISDN 48000 bps V 110 ISDN 56000 bps V 110 ISDN lt name gt Description 0 Asynchronous connection UDI or 3 1 kHz modem lt ce gt Description Non transparent 5 2 AT CRLP Radio Link Protocol LZT 123 8023 R1A Desc
23. LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Adds a new item to the AT ESAG lt gindex gt CME ERROR lt err gt group with lt gindex gt lt type gt OK lt itemindex gt ERROR Show if the command is AT ESAG ESAG list of supported supported lt gindex gt s list of supported lt type gt s OK ERROR 183 Description 15 PHONEBOOK This command adds a contact or a ME number to the current group lt gindex gt Description 1 10 The group index within the hierarchical phonebook lt type gt Description 1 Contact 2 ME number lt itemindex gt Description Integer The index of the contact group ME number to add The lt itemindex gt parameter has the following meaning if the item to add is a contact the lt itemindex gt is the index of the contact in the contacts book If the item to add is a ME number the lt itemindex gt is the index in the phonebook 15 3 AT ESCG Ericsson Create Group LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Adds a new group tothe AT ESCG lt name gt CME ERROR lt err gt hierarchical phonebook OK ERROR Shows if the command is AT ESCG ESCG supported lt maxnamelength gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command creates a new group in the hierarchical phonebook The group is stored at the first available position There are 10 group positions in the hierarchic
24. ME 0 40 OK AT CPMS sm sm sm CPMS 1 15 1 15 1 15 199 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT OK 16 3 AT CSCA Service Centre Address LZT 123 8023 R1A Common for both PDU and Text Modes Description Command Possible Responses Set service centre AT CSCA lt sca gt OK address L lt tosca gt ERROR Show the current setting AT CSCA CSCA lt sca gt lt tosca gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CSCA OK supported ERROR Description Updates the SM SC address through which mobile originated SMs are transmitted In text mode the setting is used by send CMGS and write CMGW commands In PDU mode the setting is used by the same commands but only when the length of the SMSC address coded into lt pdu gt parameter equals zero Note that a in front of the number in lt sca gt has precedence over the lt tosca gt parameter so that a number starting with will always be treated as an international number lt sca gt Description string type GSM 04 11 3G TS 24 011 RP SC address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set lt tosca gt Description integer type GSM 04 11 3G TS 24 011 RP SC address type of address octet in integer format 129 ISDN telephony numbering plan national international u
25. UDP Connectionless TCP Connection oriented lt PAddr gt Description string String type of the form nnn nnn nnn nnn where n is a digit from 0 9 Standard IPv4 format for IP Address to connect to lt PPort gt Description Integer Range 0 65535 Decimal representation of Port number to connect to e g HTTP port is 80 lt ErrNum gt Description 255 No Connection Connecting Connected Connection Busy Other Error lt Open gt Description IP connection Closed IP connection Open Unsolicited Result codes NO_CARRIER OK Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical LZT 123 8023 R1A 102 7 DATA TCP IP Example AT E2IPO E2IPA 0 IP Connection closed OK AT E2IPO 1 122 123 201 211 80 CONNECT TCP Connection successful with specified host now in online Data Mode DCDasserted lt lt Data Transfer gt gt NO_CARRIER Connection closed remotely back into off line command mode DCD Deasserted 7 3 AT E2IPC M2M IP Close Connection Description Command Possible Responses Request an IP AT E2IPC ERROR Connection Close OK E2IPC lt ErrNum gt ERROR Shows if the AT E2IPC OK command is ERROR supported Description This command allows the closure of a currently open IP Connection This command can only be called in on line command mode during a currently active IP conn
26. lt length gt Description 0 350 Length of Script in 128byte chunks Table 10 lt error gt parameter lt error gt Description 0 Download OK 1 Syntax error in code 2 Not enough space for script 3 Transfer cancelled 4 Transfer timeout 5 Miscellaneous structural error Table 11 lt Script Data gt parameter lt ScriptData gt Description Hex Data Data sent in Xmodem CRC packets 128bytes payload per packet Table 12 lt AviISpace gt parameter lt AviSpace gt Description Decimal value 0 350 Decimal value representing available swap space for a non active script Max Space ActiveScript Size LZT 123 8023 R1A 280 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION 20 2 1 Xmodem CRC Protocol CCITT LZT 123 8023 R1A Note The information here is not enough to write your own loader for the embedded applications if you want to write your own contact customer support The Download of scripts with the AT E2APD command uses the Xmodem CRC protocol This section explains how this is implemented with respect to the module Background The following terms are simply ASCII codes SOH chr 1 CTRL A Start of header EOT chr 4 CTRL D End of Transmission ACK chr 6 CTRL F Positive Acknowledgement NAK chr 21 CTRL U Negative Acknowledgement CAN chr 24 CTRL X Cancel In order to send the file you must first divide it into 128 byte secti
27. lt pid gt lt dcs gt setting CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the AT CSMP CSMP List of supported lt fo gt s command is list of supported lt vp gt s list of supported supported lt pid gt s list of Fe supported lt dcs gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in a storage when text format message mode is selected It is possible to set the validity period starting from when the SM is received by the SMSC lt vp gt is in range 0 255 The lt pid gt parameter identifies the higher protocol being used or indicates interworking with a certain type of telematic service and lt dcs gt determines the way the information is encoded as in GSM 03 38 lt fo gt Description 0 255 Depending on the command or result code first octet of GSM 03 40 SMS DELIVER SMS SUBMIT default value 17 SMS STATUS REPORT or SMS COMMAND default value 2 in integer format lt vp gt Description 0 143 TP VP 1 x 5 minutes i e 5 minutes intervals up to 12 hours 144 167 12 hours TP_VP 143 x 30 minutes 168 196 TP VP 166 x 1 day 197 255 TP VP 192 x 1 week lt pid gt Description 0 255 Protocol Identifier in integer format Default value is 0 according to 07 05 section 9 2 3 9 lt dcs gt Description 0 255 Data coding scheme See GSM 03 38 UCS2 and compressed text n
28. lt value gt can be used to select from among multiple types of identifying information as shown in the table below This command provides compatibility with Microsoft Windows 95 lt value gt Description 0 Same information as GMM command model identification Same information as GMR command revision identification Modem model description Active settings Modem configuration profile brief listing of the modem functionality fax classes Bluetooth IrDA modem type etc DCE hardware type version PnP plug and play information 130 LZT 123 8023 R1A 11 IDENTIFICATION Examples Note ATI 1 CXC1122112 ATI 5 Configuration Settings on Channel 0 amp C 1 amp D 0 EENMEA 0 CGACT 1 0 CGATT 0 CGDCONT 1 IP internet 0 0 CGEREP 0 0 CGREG 0 3 CHSR 0 CHSU 0 CMEE 1 CMUX 0 0 1 31 10 3 30 10 2 CR 0 CRC 0 CRLP 61 61 48 6 0 CRLP 120 120 48 6 2 3 CVHU 2 ICF 3 3 IFC 2 2 ILRR 0 IPR 115200 E 1 OK The GT47 GT48 have a standard GR47 GR48 in them and this reflected is in the command responses 131 12 Input Output 12 1 AT E2IO Ericsson M2M Input Output Read Write LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request operation with the I O signals Show if the command is supported AT E2IO lt op gt lt io gt lt val gt lt adc_val gt AT E2I0 ERROR OK
29. 0 Automatic 1 Packet Domain Service only If set to O the phone will try to handle incoming CSD services e g phone calls 112 7 DATA TCP IP Table 13 lt pap_chap gt parameter lt pap_chap gt Description 0 Normal Only PAP allowed 1 Secure Only CHAP allowed 2 None No authentication scheme is used This parameter is used to choose which authentication scheme is to be used The lt lock_state gt parameter is set to 1 in the Internet Accounts that are predefined and not possible to alter via the AT commands No parameter values can be changed in an Internet Account If the user tries to change the parameter values ERROR is returned lt err gt parameter refer to CME ERROR Mobile Equipment Error Result Code 7 10 AT E2FT IP logging Description Command Possible responses Activate TCP IP AT E2FT lt parameter gt OK loggin lt status gt sea ERROR Description The factory test command has been adapted to enable the user turn on IP logging and turn off normal logging which is seen through UART 2 if 2 7V is being supplied to the service pin 58 Once set up the unit needs to be reset these values are written to flash and need to be reset for normal logging to recommence There is no definitive guide to the information supplied by the module and is only intended for use as a guide to engineers when debugging an overall system as it can be seen what the module is doing on
30. 10dB to 5dB_ 2 5db Odb 2 5db 5db 7 5db 10db 7 5dB 3 Sidetone 0 5 10dB to 25dB 13db 16db 22db 25db Gain 4 AuxGain 0 3 Mute to 46dB_ _ Mute 13db 5 MicGain 0 3 Mute to 46dB 13db 25db 45db 6 TxAGC 0 2 OdB to 6dB 0dB 3dB 7 Digital 0 9 15dB to 15dB 15dB 11 25dB 7 5db 3 75db 3 75db 7 5db 11 25db Volume 11 25dB 8 Analog 0 9 Mute to14dB Mute 14dB_ 10 5dB 3 5db Odb 3 5db Volume 9 MicPath 0 3 OFF Mute Diff MIC 10 SpkPath 0 3 OFF Mute Diff BEAR 11 TxPCM 0 1 13 or 16 bit 12 RxPCM 0 1 13 or 16 bit 13 HF 0 4 Switching Handsfree 14 Local Audio 0 3 Spkr only 15 TxAMP 0 1 7dB to 0dB 16 Mic Supply 0 1 2V to 2 5V 17 Sidetone 0 1 Default Values On Off Previously Volume 18 Noise 0 1 Reduction 19 Ee a aoa Max Cancelling olume 20 Analog 0 1 Ring 255 Save Params LZT 123 8023 R1A 67 LZT 123 8023 R1A 4 AUDIO Examples AT E2EAMS E2EAMS 0 21 255 OK Current default profile is 0 AT E2EAMS E2EAMS 2 2 3 2 3 2 5 9 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 OK Sets current profile with these settings AT E2EAMS 0 2 1 2 0 0 2 5 9 2 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 OK Sets TxPGA gain to OdB AT E2EAMS 1 2 OK Turns analog ringing off AT E2EAMS 20 0 OK Save current profile to currently loaded profile in non volatile memory AT E2EAMS 255 OK 68 4 2 AT E2APR LZT 123 8023 R1A 4 AUDIO M2M Audio Profile Manipulation Desc
31. 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Show if the command is AT CMGW OK supported ERROR Description Stores a message to memory storage lt mem2 gt Memory location lt index gt of the stored message is returned By default message status will be set to stored unsent but parameter lt stat gt allows other status values to be given ME TA manufacturer may choose to use different default lt stat gt values for different message types Entering PDU is the same as specified by the send message command CMGS If writing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned See AT CPMS Preferred Message Storage page 198 lt stat gt Description 2 Stored unsent message only applicable to SMs lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory lt length gt Description Integer type Value indicating in PDU mode CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length lt pdu gt Description In the case of SMS GSM 04 11 SC address followed by GSM 03 40 TPDU in hexadecimal format ME TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 In the case of CBS GSM 03 41 TPDU in hexadecimal format Text Mode Description C
32. 3 27 AT CMER LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Description Command Possible Responses Set ME Activity AT CMER lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt Status L lt keyp gt lt disp gt OK lt ind gt lt bfr gt ERROR Show the current AT CMER CMER setting lt mode gt lt keyp gt lt disp gt lt ind gt lt bfr gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CMER CMER list of supported s command is list of supported lt keyp gt s list supported of supported lt disp gt s list of supported lt ind gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s OK ERROR Description The command enables or disables the sending of unsolicited result codes from the ME to the TE in the case of key pressings display changes and indicator state changes lt mode gt controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command lt bfr gt controls the effect on buffered codes when lt mode gt 1 2 or 3 is entered If the ME does not support setting CME ERROR lt err gt is returned Test command returns the modes supported by the TA as compound values lt mode gt Description 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA if TA result code buffer is full codes can be buffered in some other place or the oldest ones can be discarded 3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE TA TE link specific inband technique used to embed
33. 30 31 32 100 101 255 2 CALL CONTROL ME adaptor link reserved Operation not allowed Operation not supported PH SIM PIN required SIM not inserted SIM PIN required SIM PUK required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong Incorrect password SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required Memory full Invalid index Not found Memory failure Text string too long Invalid characters in text string Dial string too long Invalid characters in dial string No network service Network time out Network not allowed emergency calls only Unknown Reserved by ETS 1 4 2 CMS ERROR Message Service Failure Result Code LZT 123 8023 R1A This final result code indicates an error related to mobile equipment or to the network The operation is similar to the ERROR result code None of the following commands in the same command line will be executed Neither ERROR nor OK result code will be returned ERROR is returned normally when 15 LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 CALL CONTROL an error is related to syntax or invalid parameters Nevertheless it always appears when a command fails The syntax is as follows CMS ERROR lt err gt Values for the lt err gt parameter are described in the following table lt err gt Description 0 127 GSM 04 11 Annex E 2 values 128 255 GSM 03 40 subclause 9 2 3 22 values 300 ME failure 301 SMS service of ME reserved 302 Operation not allowed 303 Operation not supported 304 Invalid
34. 44123456789 145 Test Number OK AT CPBW 2 440987654321 145 Test number 2 OK AT CPBW 3 449876543210 129 Test Number 3 OK 197 16 Short Message Services Point to Point 16 1 AT CGSMS LZT 123 8023 R1A Select Service for MO SMS Messages See 6 10 AT CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages 16 2 AT CPMSPreferred Message Storage Common for both PDU Protocol Data Unit and Text Modes Description Command Possible Responses Set preferred message storage Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT CPMS lt mem1 gt lt mem2 gt lt mem3 gt AT CPMS AT CPMS CPMS lt used1 gt lt total1 gt lt used2 gt lt to tal2 gt lt used3 gt lt total3 gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CPMS lt mem1 gt lt used1 gt lt total1 lt mem2 gt lt used2 gt lt total2 lt mem3 gt lt used3 gt lt total3 gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CPMS list of supported lt mem1 gt s list of supported lt mem2 gt s list of supported lt mem3 gt s OK ERROR Description Selects memory storage lt mem1 gt lt mem2 gt and lt mem3 gt to be used for reading writing etc If chosen storage is not appropriate for the ME but is supported by the TA final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Test command returns lists of memory storage supported by the TA lt mem1 gt Desc
35. AT CGMR AT C GPADDR Description Ericsson Read SIM Preferred Network Ericsson Write SIM Preferred Network Ericsson Add to Group Ericsson Create Group Ericsson Set Credit Card Number Ericsson Delete Group Ericsson Delete Group Item Ericsson Group Read Ericsson Silence Command Ericsson Set Line Name Ericsson Set Message Alert Sound Eric sson Settings Minute Minder Eric sson Settings Number Accumulated Call Meter Set Alarm Alam Delete Accumulated Call Meter Maximum Advice of Charge Select Bearer Service Type Call Forwarding Numberand Conditions Set Clock and Date Call Waiting Extended Eror Report Set ME Functionality PDP Context Activate or Deactivate GPRS Attach or Detach Enter Data State Define PDP Context GPRS Event Reporting Read MS Manufacturer Identification Read MS Model Identification Read MS Revision Identification Show PDP Address LZT 123 7607 R1B 38 8 ATCOMMAND SUMMARY AT Command AT C GQ MIN AT C GQ REQ AT C GREG AT C GSMS AT C GSN AT C HLD AT C HSC AT C HSD AT C HSN AT C HSR AT C HSU AT C HUP AT C IMI AT C IND AT C LAC AT CLCK AT C LIP AT C UR AT C MEE AT C MER AT C MGC AT CMGD AT C MGF AT CMGL AT CMGR AT C MGS AT C MGW AT C MOD AT C MSS AT C MUX AT C NMI AT C NUM AT C OLP Description Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable Quality of Service Profile Requested GPRS Network Registration Status Select Service for MO SMS Messages Rea
36. CBM lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt CDS lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt CDSI lt mem gt lt index gt Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses Set new message indication to TE Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT CNMI lt mode gt CMS ERROR lt err gt lt mt gt lt bm gt lt ds gt lt b OK fr gt ERROR MM AT CNMI CNMI lt mode gt lt mt gt lt bm gt lt ds gt lt bfr gt OK ERROR AT CNMI e CNMI list of supported lt mode gt s list of supported lt mt gt s list of supported lt bm gt s list of supported lt ds gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s OK ERROR 213 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Description Selects the procedure for the way in which new messages received from the network are indicated to the TE when it is active e g DTR signal is ON If TE is inactive DTR signal is OFF message receiving is carried out as specified in GSM 03 38 3G TS 23 038 If the command fails and the error is related to mobile equipment or network the final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned lt mode gt Description 3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE TA TE link specific inband technique used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on line data mode lt mt gt Description 0 No SMS DELIVER
37. DA1 95 OK ERROR OK The TE is requesting to write a TRUE logic to O1 Digital Output 1 The MS responds OK because the operation has been performed The TE is requesting to write a FALSE logic value to 13 Digital Input 3 The MS responds ERROR because the operation is not possible The TE is writing 95 decimal value to hold a voltage of 2 75 0 9 256 95 0 918 V The MS responds OK because the operation has been performed Configuring an I O AT Command Response Comment AT E2I0 2 101 0 AT E210 2 104 1 OK OK The TE is requesting to configure 101 as an input The MS responds OK because the operation has been performed The TE is requesting to configure 104 as an output The MS responds OK because the LZT 123 8023 R1A 138 12 INPUT OUTPUT operation has been performed Checking an I O status AT Command Response Comment AT E210 3 101 The TE is requesting to check the configuration of the 101 signal E210 3 101 0 The MS responds 101 is OK configured as an input AT E210 3 104 The TE is requesting to check the configuration of the 104 signal E210 3 104 1 The MS responds 104 is OK configured as an output Triggering an Input AT Command Response Comment AT E210 4 101 1 OK AT E210 4 104 0 OK E210 4 101 1 OK The TE is requesting to trigger 101 The MS responds OK because the oper
38. Description 0 1 The user input shall be echoed The user input shall be hidden lt prompt_coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to 0 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet Text is coded in UCS2 alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 16 bit UCS2 alphabet lt prompt_text_length gt Description Integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt prompt_text gt 240 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT lt prompt_text gt Description String type Field of maximum length lt prompt_text_length gt in string type between Coding is defined in lt prompt_coding gt 18 5 AT E2STKL M2M STK Select Item LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible responses Answer to the AT E2STKL lt answer CME ERROR lt err gt reception of gt lt user_response gt OK SELECT ITEM ERROR Show if the AT E2STKL E2STKL list of supported command is lt answer gt supported list of supported lt user_response gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description The ME passes the parameters within SELECT ITEM
39. E2I0 lt op gt lt io gt lt val gt lt adc_val gt OK E2lO list of supported lt lO gt s list of supported lt ip gt s list of supported lt op gt s list of supported lt adc gt s list of supported lt dac gt list of supported lt val gt s list of supported lt adc_val gt s ERROR Description Note The module has the following digital I Os nine configurable GPIOs four input only and four output only The module also has five ADCs and one DAC All of these signals are controlled by the AT E2IO command dependent on whether they are available not used by UART1 or UART3 or switched in at the time see notes below A list of available IO and the default usage is shown below Although all of the pins are available through the command not all are available through the hardware interface that the GT47 provides lt O gt Description 101 Pin 21 default muxed with 12 102 Pin 22 default muxed with ADC5 103 Pin 23 default muxed with I3 also used as UART3 CTS 104 Pin 24 default muxed with 14 also used as UART3 RTS 105 Pin 13 default muxed with ADC4 106 Pin 33 LED as default 132 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note 12 INPUT OUTPUT 107 Pin 43 default muxed with UART3 Tx when UARTS is opened 107 is disabled 108 Pin 44 default muxed with UART3 Rx when UART3 is opened 108 is disabled 109 Pin 45 UART1 RTS as default 11 Pin 37 UART1
40. Group 3 Classes 1 amp 2 e 15 way high density connector e 5V 32V d c input e 4 wire audio connection e Antenna connection FME male R amp TTE type approved GT47 1 3 Main Features and Services The GT47 performs a set of telecom services TS according to GSM standard phase 2 ETSI and ITU T The services and functions of the GT47 are implemented by issuing customised applications embedded on the device or by AT commands issued internally or over the RS232 serial interface 1 3 1 Types of Mobile Station The GT47 is a dual band control terminal with the GSM radio characteristics shown in the table below GT47 E GSM 900 GSM 1800 Frequency Range MHz TX 880 915 TX 1710 1785 RX 925 960 RX 1805 1880 Channel spacing 200kHz 200kHz Numberof channels Modulation TX phase accuracy Duplex spacing Receiver sensitivity at antenna connector Transmitter output powerat antenna connector 174 camiers 8 time slots E GSM channels 0 to 124 channels 975 to 1023 GMSK lt 52 RMS phase enor burst 45MHz lt 102dBm Class 4 2W 33dBm Automatic hand over between EG SM 900 and GSM 1800 374 camers 8 time slots DCS channels 512 to 885 GMSK lt 52 RMS phase enor burst 95MHz lt 102dBm Classl 1W 30dBm LZT 123 7607 R1B 1 INTRO DUCTION GT48 GSM850 GSM 1900 Frequency Range MHz TX 824 849 TX 1850 1910 RX 869 894 RX 1930 1990 Channel spacing 200kHz 200kHz Number
41. LZT 123 7607 R1B 32 7 TECHNICAL DATA Data Storage SMS storage capacity 40 in the module In addition the unit can handle asmany SMS asthe SIM canstore Phone book capacity 100 Power Supply Supply voltage range 5 32V d c Radio Specifications Frequency range GT47 EGSM 900M Hz and 1800M Hz dual band Maximum RF output 2W 900MHz and 1W 1800M H2 power Antenna impedance 50Q Static sensitivity Better than 102dBm Audio Specifications Parameter Limit Output level differential 24 0V pp Output level dynamic load 32Q 22 8Vpp Distortion at 1kHz and maximum output level lt 5 Offset BEARP to BEARN 30mV Ear piece mute switch attenuation gt 40dB Ear piece model Impedance Tolerance Dynamic earpiece 32Q 800uH 100pF 20 Dynamic earpiece 150Q 800uH 100pF 20 Piezo earpiece 1kQ 60nF 20 LZT 123 7607 R1B 33 7 TECHNICAL DATA SIM Card Reader Voltage type Support for 3 V and 5V SIM cards Electrical Connectors and LED Plug in power supply RJ 12 6 way connectorand extended I O Handset audio connector RJ 9 4 way Antenna connector FME male RS232 port high density socket 15 pin LED Green Mechanical Specification Length 77 4mm Width 66 4mm Height 26 2mm Weight lt 110g LZT 123 7607 R1B 34 7 TECHNICAL DATA Environmental specifications Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Relative humidity Stationary
42. OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CAOC CAOC list of supported supported lt mode gt s OK ERROR Description Use of Advice of Charge supplementary service command enables the subscriber to get information about the cost of calls With lt mode gt 0 the execute command returns the current call meter value from the ME The command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event reporting of the CCM information The unsolicited result code CCCM lt ccm gt is sent when the CCM value changes but no more than every 10 seconds Deactivation of the unsolicited event reporting is made with the same command Read command indicates whether the unsolicited reporting is activated or not Read command is available when the unsolicited result code is supported It is recommended although optional that the test command return the supported mode values lt mode gt Description 0 Query CCM value 252 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 1 Deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value 2 Activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value lt ccm gt Description String type Three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format e g O0001E indicates decimal value 30 value is in home units and bytes are similarly coded as ACMmax value in the SIM 19 3 AT EDIF Ericsson Divert Function Description Command Possible Responses Enable and disable AT EDIF lt onoff
43. RR Radio Resources lt exitcause gt Description Integer Exit cause according to GSM 04 08 reported when returning to Idle state lt ccstatus gt 0 lt number gt Description String String type ME number of format specified by lt type gt Only valid for lt ccstatus gt 1 Calling lt type gt Description 129 145 161 128 to 255 Type of address octet in integer format refer to GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 ISDN Telephony numbering plan national international unknown Default if no in sca ISDN Telephony numbering plan international number Default if in sca ISDN Telephony numbering plan national number Other values refer to GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 Only valid for lt ccstatus gt 1 Calling Example AT ECAM ECAM 0 AT ECAM 1 OK 3 12 AT ECIND Expanded Indicator Control LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set unsolicited message AT ECIND 1 OK reporting on off for entire lt r1 gt lt r2 gt lt r3 gt ERROR list of indicators 2 lt r12 gt lt r13 gt lt r20 gt Set unsolicited message AT ECIND 2 lt i OK reporting on off for a nd_no gt lt on ERROR single specific indicator off gt Display unsolicited ECIND RECN eS 3 lt r1 gt lt r2 gt lt r3 gt lt r12 gt lt r13 gt message reporting states L lt r20 gt for all indicators 37 LZT 1
44. Receive Data from UART3 lt rate gt parameter lt rate gt Description Discrete integer The lt rate gt value is the rate in bits per second at which the value UARTS3 interface will operate The following rates are supported 1200 2400 4800 9600 140 12 INPUT OUTPUT 19200 38400 57600 115200 230400 460800 Examples Open channel at 9600 baud AT E2U3 1 9600 OK Transmit data to UART 3 AT E2U3 2 gt Tx data lt ctrl Z gt OK Receive data from UART 3 AT E2U3 3 E2U3 Rx data OK Close UART 3 channel AT E2U3 0 OK 12 3 AT E2RS232 Ericsson RS232 control mode Description Command Possible Responses Select RS232 control AT E2RS232 lt Val gt ERROR mode OK Read Command status AT E2RS232 E2RS232 lt Val gt OK ERROR Show if the commands is AT E2RS232 E2RS232 list of supported supported lt Val gt OK 141 LZT 123 8023 R1A 12 INPUT OUTPUT e ERROR Description On GT47 the RS232 control lines on UART 1 are multiplexed with general purpose IO lines as follows RTS 109 CTS 04 DCD 01 RI 02 DSR 03 DTR IN1 This command allows the user to select 3 different levels of RS232 control such that the some of the control lines may be used as lO The following table shows the role of the control IO pins with respect to the mode selected with this command Table 1 RS232 control pin usage Mode Rs232 control lines Extended IO
45. See also note below 1 Current air interface user rate is 9 6 kbits s 3 Current air interface user rate is 19 2 kbits s lt coding gt Description 0 No HSCSD call is active See also note 115 8 DATA HSCSD Current channel coding is 9 6 kbits s TCH F9 6 8 2 AT CHSD HSCSD Device Parameters Description Command Possible Responses Show the current setting AT CHSD CHSD lt mclass gt lt maxRx gt lt maxTx gt lt sum gt lt codings gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CHSD CME ERROR lt err gt supported OK ERROR Description Shows information about HSCSD features supported by the ME TA lt mclass gt Description 2 Multislot class is 2 lt maxRx gt Description 2 Maximum number of receive timeslots that ME can use is 2 lt maxTx gt Description 1 Maximum number of transmit timeslots that ME can use is 1 lt sum gt Description 3 Total number of receive and transmit timeslots that ME can use at the same time is 3 i e 2 1 The following applies in a HSCSD call 2 receive slots transmit slots lt sum gt lt codings gt Description 4 Indicates that the accepted channel coding for the next established non transparent HSCSD call is 9 6 kbits s only LZT 123 8023 R1A 116 8 DATA HSCSD 8 3 AT CHSN HSCSD Non Transparent Call Configuration Description Command Possible Responses Set HSCSD AT CHSN lt
46. Show if the command is CGSMS CGSMS list of supported available lt service gt s OK 96 LZT 123 8023 R1A 6 DATA GPRS ERROR Description Used to specify the service or service preference that the MS will use to send MO SMS messages The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference lt services gt Description 2 GPRS packet domain preferred use circuit switched if GPRS packet domain not available 3 Circuit switched preferred use GPRS packet domain if circuit switched not available 6 11 AT E2GDV GPRS Data Volume LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Report Connection AT E2GDV lt option gt Data Volume Show if the command AT E2GDV is supported E2GDV lt bytes gt OK ERROR E2GDV list of supported lt option gt s OK ERROR The command reports the amount of data the last GPRS session received and transmitted or it will report the total amount of data received and transmitted during all past GPRS sessions Also there is an option to clear the latter of these two counters The behaviour of the command is selected with the lt option gt parameter as described in the table below lt option gt Description 0 Report the amount data the last GPRS session transmitted and received in bytes 1 Report the accumulated amount of data of all previous GPRS sessions since the last execution of
47. UK VODAFONE UK Vodafone 23415 COPS 3 UK Orange PCS Ltd Orange 23433 COPS 3 T Mobile UK T Mobile UK 23430 COPS 3 02 UK O2 UK 23410 OK Preferred Operator List Description Request operator selection CPOL lt index gt Shows the current setting Show if the command is supported Command Possible Responses CME ERROR lt err gt lt format gt lt oper gt OK ERROR CPOL lt index1 gt lt format gt lt oper1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CPOL lt index2 gt lt format gt lt oper2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CPOL list of supported lt index gt s list of supported lt format gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CPOL CPOL 176 14 17 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK Description Note This command is used to edit the SIM preferred list of networks Execute command writes an entry in the SIM list of preferred operators EFpimnsel If lt index gt is given but lt oper gt is left out entry is deleted If lt oper gt is given but lt index gt is left out lt oper gt is put in the next free location If only lt format gt is given the format of the lt oper gt in the read command is changed ME may also update this list automatically when new networks are selected Read command returns all used entries from the SIM list of preferred operators Test command
48. converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCS Type of address given by lt toda gt lt toda gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of lt da gt is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 Note Note In GSM there are two types of numbers 129 which are national and 145 which are international lt scts gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Service Centre Time Stamp in time string format refer lt dt gt lt mr gt Description Integer type GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference in integer format 208 16 8 AT CMGC 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Send Command PDU Mode Description Command Possible Responses Send command AT CMGC lt length gt lt CR gt if PDU mode message lt pdu gt lt ctrl Z ESC gt CMGF 0 and sending successful CMGC lt mr gt lt ackpdu gt if sending fails CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CMGC OK command is ERROR supported Description Sends a command message from a TE to the network SMS COMMAND The entering of PDU is as specified in the send message command CMGS Message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Optionally when CSMS lt service gt value is 1 and network supports lt ackpdu gt is returned Values can be used to i
49. lt LF gt E2STKL lt item_id1 gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt item1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt JE2STKL lt item_idn gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt itemn gt lt CR gt lt LF gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to 0 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet lt text_length gt Description Integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt alpha_id gt 0 240 lt itemn1 gt lt Itemn gt lt alpha_id gt Description String type Field of string type between Coding is according to EFanp as defined in GSM 11 11 The maximum length is fixed lt default gt Description Integer type The lt default gt parameter is a single byte between 1 and 255 It shows the default selected item within the list lt item_idn gt Description Integer type The identifier is a single byte between 1 and 255 Each item lt itemn gt in the list shall have a unique identifier lt item_idn gt lt itemn gt Description 242 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT String type Field of string type between
50. lt type gt This is an integer identifying the type of number displayed in lt number gt The integer should be converted into a binary number for decoding using the tables below Bit8 Bit7 Bit Bit5 Description 0 0 0 0 Unknown number 0 0 0 1 International number 0 0 1 0 National number 0 0 1 1 Network specific number 0 1 0 0 Dedicated access short code 0 1 0 1 Reserved 0 1 1 0 Reserved 0 1 1 1 Reserved for extension Bits 1 4 only apply to bits 5 8 0000 0001 0010 and 0100 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Description 0 0 0 0 Unknown numbering plan 0 0 0 1 ISDN telephony numbering plan Recommendation E 164 E 163 0 0 1 0 Reserved 0 0 1 1 Data numbering plan Recommendation X 121 0 1 0 0 Telex numbering plan Recommendation F 69 0 1 0 1 Reserved 0 1 1 0 Reserved 0 1 1 1 Reserved 1 0 0 0 National numbering plan 43 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 1 0 0 1 Private numbering plan 1 0 1 0 Reserved 1 0 1 1 Reserved for CTS see 3GPP TS 44 056 91 1 1 0 0 Reserved 1 1 0 1 Reserved 1 1 1 0 Reserved 1 1 1 1 Reserved for extension 3 14 AT EDST Ericsson Daylight Saving Time LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set Daylight Saving AT EDST lt dst gt CME ERROR lt err gt Time OK ERROR Show the current setting AT EDST EDST lt dst gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT EDST EDST list of support
51. 10 Full lock only valid for lt fac gt PS after power on always ask for password lt status gt Description 0 Not active 1 Active 171 14 12 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK lt passw gt Description string type Is the same as password specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with change password command CPWD lt classx gt Description 1 Voice L1 2 Data 4 Fax 8 Short message service 16 Data circuit sync 32 Data circuit async 64 Dedicated packet access 128 Voice L2 1 30 When no reply is enabled or queried this gives the time in seconds to wait before the call is forwarded Default value is 20 AT CNUM Subscriber Number Description Command Possible Responses Request subscriber AT CNUM CNUM number lt alpha1 gt lt number1 gt lt type1 gt lt speed gt lt service gt lt itc gt lt CR gt lt L F gt CNUM lt alpha2 gt lt number2 gt lt type2 gt lt speed gt lt service gt lt itc gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CNUM CME ERROR lt err gt command is OK supported ERROR Description This command returns the MSISDNs related to the subscriber this information can be stored in the SIM or in the ME If subscriber has different MSISDN for different services each MSISDN is returned in a separate line lt alphax gt Description Alphanumeric string Associated with lt numberx
52. 129 to 255 for supported values see the table below 55 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Test command returns values supported by the ME as a compound value refer to GSM 07 07 lt pas gt Description 0 3 129 130 131 Ready ME allows commands from TA TE Ringing ME is ready for commands from TA TE but the ringer is active Call in progress ME is ready for commands from TA TE but a call is in progress Not in call Mobile oriented call in progress This is a sub state to call in progress Mobile terminated call in progress This is a sub state to call in progress lt mode gt Description 1 Allows the CPAS to return Ericsson specific lt pas gt values such as 129 130 and 131 Example AT CPAS CPAS 0 3 4 129 130 131 OK AT CPAS CPAS 0 OK 56 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 3 29 AT CPIN PIN Control LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request PIN Control AT CPIN lt pin gt lt newpi CME ERROR n gt lt err gt OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CPIN CPIN lt code gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CPIN CME ERROR supported lt err gt e CPIN Supported lt code gt s OK ERROR Description Note Sends the password to the ME which is necessary to make the ME operational SIM PIN SIM PUK or PH SIM If
53. 40 44 45 46 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 97 98 99 104 112 120 128 208 209 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES TS_SHORT_MESSAGE_MO_PP TS_VIDEOTEX TS_TELETEX TS_ALL_FAX_SERVICES TS_FAX_GROUP3_ALTER_SPEE CH TS_AUTOMATIC_FAX_GROUP3 TS_FAX_GROUP4 TS_ALL_DATA_SERVICES TS_ALL_TELESERVICES_EXCEP T_SMS TS_AUXILIARY_SPEECH TS_AUXILIARY_TELEPHONY BS_PAD_ ACCESS _CA_1200BPS BS_PAD_ ACCESS _CA_1200_75BPS BS _PAD_ ACCESS _CA_2400BPS BS_PAD_ ACCESS _CA_4800BPS BS_PAD_ ACCESS _CA_9600BPS BS_ALL_DATA_PDS_SERVICES BS_DATA_PDS_2400BPS BS_DATA_PDS_4800BPS BS_DATA_PDS_9600BPS BS_ALL_ALTERNATE_SPEECH DATA _CDA BS_ALL_ALTERNATE_SPEECH_DATA_CDS BS_ALL_SPEECH_FOLLOWED_BY_DATA_CD A BS_ALL_SPEECH_FOLLOWED_BY_DATA_CD S BS_ALL_DATA_CIRCUIT_ASYNCHRONOUS BS_ALL_DATA_CIRCUIT_SYNCHRONOUS BS_ALL_ASYNCHRONOUS_ SERVICES BS_ALL_SYNCHRONOUS SERVICES BS_12_KBIT_UNRESTRICTED_DIGITAL LZT 123 8023 R1A lt SS_Status gt Description 0 NO_FLAG_SET 1 SS_STATUS_ACTIVE 2 SS_STATUS_ REGISTERED 4 SS_STATUS_PROVISIONED 259 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Y SS_STATUS_PRA lt ForwardedToNr gt Description String ME number string in double quotes lt NoReplyCondition Time gt Description 0 65532 Integer value for time lt CLI_Restriction Option gt Description 0 PERMANENT 1 TEMPORARY_DEFAULT_RESTRICTED 2 TEMPORARY_DEFAULT_ALLOWED lt
54. 6 kbit s 2 Wanted air interface user rate is 14 4 kbit s 3 Wanted air interface user rate is 19 2 kbit s lt wRx gt Description 0 TA ME shall calculate a proper number of receive timeslots from currently selected lt wAiur gt and lt codings gt See note below 117 LZT 123 8023 R1A 8 4 AT CHSR 8 DATA HSCSD 1 Wanted number of receive timeslots is 1 2 Wanted number of receive timeslots is 2 lt topRx gt Description 0 Indicates that the user is not going to change lt wAiur gt and or lt wRx gt during the next call 1 Top value for lt wRx gt that user is going to request during the next established non transparent HSCSD call is 1 2 Top value for lt wRx gt that user is going to request during the next established non transparent HSCSD call is 2 lt codings gt Description 4 Indicates that the accepted channel coding for the next established non transparent HSCSD call is 9 6 kbit s only HSCSD Parameters Report Description Command Possible Responses Set HSCSD parameters AT CHSR lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt reporting on or off OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CHSR CHSR lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CHSR CHSR list of supported supported lt modes gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description LZT 123 8023 R1A With this command enabled the intermediate result code CHSR lt r
55. 7 bit GSM default alphabet lt text_length gt Description Integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt alpha_id gt lt itemn1 gt lt Itemn gt lt alpha_id gt Description String type Field of string type between defined in GSM 11 11 Coding is according to EFanp as The maximum length is fixed lt item_idn gt Description Integer type The identifier is a single byte between 1 and 255 Each item lt itemn gt in the list shall have a unique identifier lt item_idn gt 244 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT lt itemn gt Description String type Field of string type format between Coding is according to EFanp as defined in GSM 11 11 lt NbrOfitems gt Description Integer type Number of Items to be presented in the following unsolicited results The maximum length is fixed The parameters have no default values 18 7 AT E2STKN M2M STK Envelope Menu Selection Description Command Possible responses Do the menu AT E2STKN lt sel_item CME ERROR lt err gt selection gt OK ERROR Show if the AT E2STKN E2STKN list of supported command is lt sel_item gt supported CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description The application informs the ME about the selected menu item by means of the AT E2SKTN command The ME answers with OK or ERROR The Do command allows the external application to sel
56. AT amp D Circuit 108 DTR Response Description Command Possible Responses Control actions from AT amp D lt value gt OK DTE ERROR Description Controls all actions initiated by data terminal ready from DTE lt value gt Description 0 Ignore Default value 1 When in on line data mode switch to on line command mode For all other states see lt value gt 2 2 Disconnect and switch to off line command mode 144 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE 13 4 AT amp S Circuit 107 DSR Response Description Command Possible Responses Set behavior of data set AT amp S lt value gt OK ready ERROR Description Determines the behaviour of the data set ready signal lt value gt Description 0 DSR always on 1 DSR on in data mode DSR off in command mode Default value 13 5 AT WS46 Mode Selection Description Command Possible Responses Sets the cellular protocol AT WS46 n OK mode ERROR Show the current setting AT WS46 lt n gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT WS46 list of supported lt n gt s OK supported ERROR Description Allows an accessory to query and control the cellular protocol mode of the ME lt n gt parameter Description 12 This value is used for GSM at 900 Mhz DCS 1800 and PCS 1900 phones 145 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE 13 6 ATE Command Echo Description Command Possible Responses Request Command Echo
57. ATE Command Echo cccccccccccccceecsceecesueeseseueeseeeueesueeeeueeeeueuaeeeneneaeaes 146 13 7 ATV DCE Response Formatt ccccccccceceseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesssssessessessseeeees 146 13 8 ATZ Reset to Default Configuration ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetnteeeeeeeeeeeees 147 13 9 AT CMUX Switch to 07 10 Multiplex Protocol ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 148 13 10 AT CRES Restore SMS Settings cc ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeeeeeeeee 149 13 11 AT ICF Cable Interface Character Format 150 13 12 AT IFC DTE DCE Local Flow Control cccccccccccssccssseeseseeesseeeeanenaes 151 13 13 AT ILRR Cable Interface Local Rate Reporting eeeeeeeeeeees 152 13 14AT IPR Cable Interface Port Command cccciccccceceeeceseeeeseeeeeeeeeneees 152 13 15AT E2SPI Serial Peripheral Interface ccssssssssssssssssssseeaeeeeeees 153 13 16 AT E2ESC M2M Escape Sequence Guard Time 0 eeeeeeeeeerees 155 14 NeW Ofk eee cedi eee ds Skee ave oa ra inte ceo etal ee ioc rakes eee 157 14 1 AT E2CD Ericsson M2M Cell Description ssssssssssssssststeeeaeees 157 14 2 AT E2EMM Ericsson M2M Engineering Monitoring Mode 158 14 3 AT E2SPN M2M Service Provider Name c ccccccsseeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee as 164 14 4 AT EALS Ericsson Request ALS Status 0 0 0 0 ccc cecsessssssssssssseessseeeeeees 164 14 5 AT ECSP Ericsson Customer Service Profile
58. DTR as default 12 Pin 21 muxed with 101 13 Pin 23 muxed with 103 14 Pin 24 muxed with 104 01 Pin 38 UART1 DCD as default 02 Pin 36 UART1 RI as default 03 Pin 32 UART1 DSR as default 04 Pin 40 UART1 CTS as default AD1 Pin 26 AD2 Pin 27 AD3 Pin 28 AD4 Pin 13 muxed with 105 AD5 Pin 22 muxed with O2 DA1 Pin 20 101 to IO9 are set to INPUT as a factory default Their status Input Output is stored in non volatile memory 109 11 01 O2 O3 and O4 are not available by default These pins are shared with RS232 functionality and only become active if the AT E2RS232 command is used see AT E2RS232 Ericsson RS232 control mode page 141 107 108 103 and 104 are available by default but are multiplexed with UART 3 pins Rx Tx CTS RTS When UART3 is opened without flow control 107 108 are not available as GPIO When UARTS is opened with hardware flow control 107 108 103 and 104 are not available as GPIO These pins become available as GPIO again when UARTS is closed 106 is only available as an input as it is shared with the LED Set command controls the operations with the I O signals for the M2M devices It is possible to perform up to five operations These operations have the following meaning 133 LZT 123 8023 R1A 12 INPUT OUTPUT Read lt op gt 0 It reads the state of the specified signal It returns the binary state of digital signals or value 0 255 of an ADC input or
59. E2GDV 2 in bytes 2 Reset the data counters to 0 lt bytes gt Description 0 4294967295 Bytes of data transferred lt bytes gt will wrap around back to 0 after 4294967295 or 4GB 97 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note 6 DATA GPRS This command only provides an accurate count when used when used with an external TCP IP stack When used with the internal stack certain data is not counted which may be charged for i e IP address negotiation As a result the figure produced by the unit can only be used as a guide please talk to your service provider for details 98 7 Data TCP IP For more information on using these commands please refer to the application note Using AT commands to control on SEM modules 7 1 AT E2IPA M2M IP Activate Description Command Possible Responses Request AT E2IPA lt Activate gt ERROR OK Activation deactivatio _ lt cid gt E2IPA lt ErrNum gt nof IP ERROR Displays current IP AT E2IPA E2IPA lt Active gt activation Status OK ERROR Shows if the AT E2 IPA E2IPA list of supported command is lt Activate gt s list of supported supported lt cid gt s OK ERROR Description This command allows the Activation of the IP Session on the module Once activated with a previously stored context see AT CGDCONT amp AT ENAD IP connections can be made and the module will negotiat itself an IP Address Abortability This command may not be aborted Def
60. Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical Example AT E2IPI 0 E2IPI 120 211 22 102 OK 7 5 AT E2IPRH M2M IP Resolve Host Description Command Possible Responses Request an IP AT E2IPRH lt URL gt ERROR Resolve Host E2IPRH lt IPAddr gt OK Shows if the AT E2IPRH OK command is ERROR supported Description This command allows an IP lookup on a given URL string denoting an IP Host The command will only succeed when an IP Session is Active see AT E2IPA and if the string is 32 characters or less Abortability This command may not be aborted Be aware this function can take up to 125 140 seconds to return if the URL does not exist 105 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP Defined values lt URL gt Description String URL of required server for which an IP lookup is required The URL is encapsulated in quotes and cannot exceed 32 characters Unsolicited Result codes None Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical Example AT E2IPRH www google co uk E2IPRH 123 123 123 123 OK 7 6 AT E2IPE M2M IP Last Error Description Command Possible Responses Request a Error on AT E2IPE or ERROR Last IP Connection AT E2IPE E2IPE lt ErrType gt OK Shows if the AT E2IPE OK command is ERROR supported Description This command responds with the Error code for the last IP Connection This is useful to determine th
61. GSM 03 40 TP Message Number lt da gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Destination Address Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCs Type of address given by lt toda gt lt toda gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of lt da gt is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 Note In GSM there are two types of numbers 129 which are national and 145 which are international lt mr gt Description Integer type GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference in integer format lt scts gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Service Centre Time Stamp in time string format refer to lt dt gt 16 9 AT CNMI New Message Indications to TE LZT 123 8023 R1A PDU Mode Description Command Possible Responses Set new AT CNMI lt mode gt e CMS ERROR lt err gt message L lt mt gt lt bm gt lt ds gt OK indication to TE Wl ERROR Show the current AT CNMI CNMI setting lt mode gt lt mt gt lt bm gt lt ds gt lt bfr gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CNMI CNMI command is list of supported lt mode gt s supported list of supported lt mt gt s list of supported lt ds gt s list of supported lt bm gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s 211 LZT 123 8
62. High ring signal 4 Mixed ring signal 5 Beep Not supported 6 Alarm Not supported 7 Calendar Tone Not supported 8 Calendar Click Not supported 9 10 Reserved Not supported 11 20 Melody 1 Melody 10 reserved for preset melodies 21 30 Reserved Not supported 31 38 Own melodies 1 8 39 5 Reserved for own melodies Not supported 79 4 AUDIO 4 14 AT ERIP Ericsson Ring Signal Playback Command LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Plays the selected sound AT ERIP e CME ERROR lt err gt type at specified volume lt volume gt lt sound type gt OK level ERROR Show if the command is AT ERIP ERIP list of supported supported lt volume gt s list of supported lt sound type gt s OK ERROR Description Used to play one of the sound types which are available as ring signals message signals on the module The signal volume may not be chosen as step with an increasing volume for each signal If value 1 is chosen for parameter lt volume gt nothing should happen Signal volume may be chosen as a selected level lt volume gt Description 0 Off 1 Step Not supported 2 n Volume settings Refer to the AT ERIN command for the lt sound type gt parameter 80 5 Data CSD HSCSD Note Since the module does not support V42bis compression the following commands have not been implemented e AT DS e AT DR 5 1 AT CBST Select Bearer Service Type
63. List Message PDU Mode Description Command Possible Responses List message AT CMGL CMGL lt stat gt lt index gt lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL Note Show if the command is supported lt index gt lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt CMS ERROR lt err gt AT CMGL CMGL list of supported lt stat gt s Returns messages with status value lt stat gt from preferred message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE Entire data units lt pdu gt are returned If status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read If listing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned lt stat gt Description 0 Received unread message i e new message 221 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Received read message 2 Stored unsent message only applicable to SMs 3 Stored sent message only applicable to SMs 4 All messages only applicable to CMGL command lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory lt alpha gt Description String type Manufacturing specific Should be left empty but not omitted lt length gt Description Integer type Value indicating in PDU mode CMGF 0 the
64. M2M solution both innovative and cost effective The GT47 GT48 can be used to provide a communications link for a variety of wireless applications including fleet and asset management vending security and alarm monitoring e maintenance and other telemetry applications The ease of application development and hosting on the GT47 48 means M2M solutions in area of personal leisure e g boats and caravans and around the home can be addressed With dual band 900 1800 MHz GT47 and 850 1900 MHz GT48 versions available your applications can be used all over the world The control terminal comes with a library of sample script applications to give developers a head start where needed The GT47 GT48 incorporates Sony Ericsson s GR47 GR48 GSM GPRS engine When the GT47 is referred to in the text the description covers the GT48 as well unless specifically mentioned All functions described inside this Technical Description are only possible when the SIM Card is inserted e Intelligent versatile GSM GPRS control terminal e Dual band EGSM 900 1800MHz e Customised applications can be embedded and run independently e Self contained terminal with standard connectors e 2x RS232 interfaces with a useful range of configurable IOs e TCP IP stack e Data GPRS HSCSD CSD SMS e Voice full rate enhanced full rate half rate LZT 123 7607 R1B 1 INTRO DUCTION e SMS mobile originated mobile terminated cell broadcast e Fax
65. OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CHSU CHSU list of supported supported lt modes gt s OK ERROR Description Enables or disables the HSCSD automatic user initiated upgrade lt mode gt Description 0 Disable use of UP bit for upgrading Default value 1 Enable use of UP bit for upgrading 119 LZT 123 8023 R1A 9 GPS Interoperability This is only for use when using an external processor it cannot be used with embedded applications 9 1 AT EENMEA NMEA GPS Mode on UART2 Description Command Possible Responses Enable NMEA AT EENMEA lt mode gt OK commands on the UART ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Show the current setting AT EENMEA EENMEA lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt Shows if the command is AT EENMEA EENMEA list of supported supported lt mode gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description This command enables transmission of NMEA commands from UART1 to UART2 and vice versa The module acts as a transparent link between the GPS device connected to UART2 and the application communicating with iton UART1 When the application sends the command AT EENMEA 2 the module is able to handle both AT and NMEA commands simultaneously If the OK response is received the application can start handling both NMEA and AT commands Otherwise the response ERROR is returned In the mode with simultaneous AT and NMEA commands lt CR gt is required after each NMEA co
66. PDP such as IP Define PDP Context Description Command Possible Responses Select PDP CGDCONT lt cid gt CME ERROR lt err gt context lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt OK parameters lt PDP_addr gt ERROR lt pd1 gt LpdNJII Show the CGDCONT CGDCONT lt cid gt current setting lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt lt PDP_addr gt lt pd1 gt 0dN lt CR gt lt LF gt CGDCONT lt cid gt lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt lt PDP_addr gt lt pd1 gt 0dN OK ERROR Show if the CGDCONT CGDCONT range of command is supported lt cid gt s supported lt PDP_type gt L list of supported lt pd1 gt s L L list of supported lt pdN gt s lt CR gt lt LF gt CGDCONT range of supported lt cid gt s lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt pd1 gt s list of supported lt pdN gt s 87 6 DATA GPRS OK ERROR Description Specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the local context identification parameter lt cid gt When entered in the data is automatically saved to flash lt cid gt Description Integer type PDP Context Identifier a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition The parameter is local to the TE MS interface and is used in other PDP context related commands The range of permitted values minimum value 1 is returned by th
67. PDU mode parameter 305 Invalid text mode parameter 310 SIM not inserted 311 SIM PIN required 312 PH SIM PIN required 313 SIM failure 314 SIM busy 315 SIM wrong 316 SIM PUK required 317 SIM PIN2 required 318 SIM PUK2 required 320 Memory failure 321 Invalid memory index 322 Memory full 330 SMSC address unknown 331 No network service 332 Network time out 340 No CNMA acknowledgment expected 500 Unknown error 511 Other values in range 256 511 are reserved 16 2 CALL CONTROL 512 Manufacturer specific 1 5 Examples on How to Use the AT Commands For many of the more complicated commands examples are provided after the command s description Always refer to the detailed description of the command in question to check valid parameter values AT command syntax and Response syntax 1 6 SMS Text Mode SMS text mode allows users to send SMSs without having to understand how PDUs are constructed This section describes how to carry out basic operations in text mode and explains the steps that need to be taken Basic transmission of SMS A script which sets the module up is shown below AT CSMP 17 167 Set text mode parameter OK AT CMGF 1 Switch the module to text mode OK AT CMGS 07787154042 Sending an SMS gt Test SMS The text must be ended as in PDU mode with a control Z character ASCII 26 Confirmation that the SMS has CMGS 204 been sent successfully Note the following points 1 Once the CSMP
68. Power Supply Interface Note Note Note Caution The supply voltage Viy required by the GT47 is in the range 5V 32V d c Vyy and GND are reverse polarity and over voltage protected The GT47 switches on automatically once the 5V 32V dc supply voltage is applied The GT47 will not switch on if TO_IN is shorted to ground when the dc supply is applied For more information on switching the GT47 on and off please see section 6 Operation page 30 Please be aware that the total current carried via either the Viy or GND pins will be the sum of the intrinsic power consumption of the GT47 and any drive current supplied via OUT 1 or OUT 2 or other IOs The current on either of the Viy or GND pins must not exceed 1 5A It is recommended that the system integrator provides appropriate fusing otherwise the GT47 may be damaged LZT 123 7607 R1B 13 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION Current Consumption at Standard Operation Supply Voltage 5V 12V 32V Power Down Moqe AV Max AV Max AV Max 5 15 5 15 20 50 mA Standby Mode typical Frequency AV Max AV Max AV Max 850 900 MHz Ee 110 f 43 20 mA 1900 1800 MHz 26 120 9 45 6 19 mA Talk Mode typical Frequency AV Max AV Max AV Max 850 900 MHz 220 1230 90 520 40 200 mA 1900 1800 MHz 170 960 70 350 30 140 mA Notes Power Down Mode DC power is applied but the GT47 is switched OFF Standby Mode The module is switched ON and camped on to the network No ca
69. R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES OK ERROR Description Note This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications The set command enables or disables the presentation of notification result codes from TA to TE When lt n gt 1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup unsolicited result code CSSI lt code1 gt lt index gt is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes presented in this ETS or in V 25ter When several different lt code1 gt s are received from the network each of them shall have its own CSSI result code When lt m gt 1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call or when a forward check supplementary service notification is received unsolicited result code CSSU lt code2 gt lt index gt is sent to TE In case of MT call setup result code is sent after every CLIP result code refer command Calling line identification presentation CLIP and when several different lt code2 gt s are received from the network each of them shall have its own CSSU result code The difference between lt index gt and lt cindex gt is that lt index gt is a position mark while lt cindex gt is a unique value for each CUG lt index gt is not supported Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value
70. Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCS Type of address given by lt tooa gt lt da gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Destination Address Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCS Type of address given by lt toda gt lt toda gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of lt da gt is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 lt tooa gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Originating Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt tora gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Recipient Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt alpha gt Description String type Manufacturing specific Should be left empty but not omitted i e commas shall mark the place were it should be Used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set CSCS lt scts gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Service Centre Time Stamp in time string format refer lt dt gt lt length gt Description Integer type Value indicating in PDU mode CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer S
71. and configuration of the current audio profile An audio profile is a set of data which uniquely defines the way in which the audio paths gains DSP algorithms and switch setting are configured There are several 65 4 AUDIO audio profiles available in non volatile storage and the current profile can be modified by use of the AT E2APR command The AT E2EAMS command allows the user to e configure the whole profile specifying each audio parameter in a comma separated list e seta single parameter given by its parameter number e save the current profile to non volatile memory under the current profile number see AT E2APR The current audio settings can also be displayed by running the read command AT E2EAMS Default audio settings are given in AT E2APR Abortability This command may not be aborted Refer to the diagram below to understand which parts of the audio circuit are affected by the various parameters TxPCM 13 bit or 16 bit N 11 SSS RxPCM l 13bit or16bit a N Opcode used with command AT E2EAMS Figure 4 1 Audio diagram of the CODEC 66 LZT 123 8023 RIA 4 AUDIO N Item Range Unit Range 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 TxPGA 0 7 10dB to 5dB Odb 2 5db 5db 7 5db 7 5db 10db 7 5dB 2 RxPGA 0 7
72. and dial tone detection off Report line speed on connection 3 Busy detect off and dial tone on Report line speed on connection 4 Busy detect and dial tone detection on Report line speed on connection Default value If there is no network available the lt n gt parameter will decide if NO DIALTONE or NO CARRIER will be returned If the call recipient is busy the lt n gt parameter will decide if BUSY or NO CARRIER will be returned 25 2 CALL CONTROL 2 10 AT CHUPHang up Call Description Command Possible Responses Request hang up AT CHUP OK ERROR Show if the commands is AT CHUP OK supported ERROR Description 2 11 AT CMOD Causes the TA to hang up the current call of the ME If no call is present but an incoming call is notified then the incoming call shall be rejected Call Mode Description Command Possible Responses Request Call Mode AT CMOD lt mode gt OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CMOD CMOD lt mode gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CMOD e CMOD list of supported supported lt mode gt s OK ERROR Description LZT 123 8023 R1A Selects the call mode of further dialing commands D or for next answering command A Mode can be either single or alternating In this ETS terms alternating mode and alternating call refer to all GSM bearer and teleservices that incorporate more than one basic servi
73. command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKL Command AT E2STKL allows the external application to send the appropriate answer after receiving the unsolicited result code and before the timeout expires If Answer command is sent once the timeout expires an ERROR response is be generated If lt answer gt parameter is not 0 a failure has occurred and no more parameters are sent If the extra parameters are sent the ME indicates ERROR Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt answer gt Description 0 OK Performed as required It corresponds to 00 command performed successfully described in the GSM standard 1 Failed User terminated session It corresponds to 10 Proactive session terminated by the user described in the GSM standard 2 Failed User requests backwards move It corresponds to 11 Backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by the user 3 Failed 241 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT No response from user It corresponds to 12 no response from Failed Screen is busy the text could not be displayed lt user_response gt Description integer type The identifier is a single byte between 1 and 255 It identifies the selected lt item_idn gt within the items list Unsolicited Result Codes E2STKL lt NbrOfltems gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt alpha_id gt lt default gt lt CR gt
74. command gt lt parameter gt Extended Syntax Command e AT lt command gt lt parameter gt e AT lt command gt lt parameter gt Example AT CFUN 0 lt CR gt powers down the module If several values are included in the command they are separated by commas It is also possible to enter commands with no values Additional commands may follow an extended syntax command on the same command line if a semicolon IRA 3B is inserted after the preceding extended command as a separator Read Command Syntax The read command is used to check the current values of parameters Type after the command line e AT lt command gt e AT lt command gt e AT lt command gt Example AT CSCS lt CR gt show current character set lt CR gt IRA lt CR gt information text response lt CR gt OK lt CR gt final result code response LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 CALL CONTROL Test Command Syntax The test command is used to test whether the command has been implemented or to give information about the type of subparameters it contains Type after the command line e AT lt command gt e AT lt command gt Example AT CPAS lt CR gt shows supported values for the response Note parameters lt CR gt CPAS 0 3 4 129 130 131 lt CR gt supported values lt CR gt OK lt CR2 gt final result code If the indicated lt parameter gt is not recognized the result code ERROR is issued
75. command is AT EMIR EMIR list of supported supported lt mode gt s Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt mode gt Description 0 Off music mute indication result codes will not be sent to the accessory 1 On music mute indication result codes will be sent to the accessory lt resp gt Description 0 Music mute inactive 1 Music mute active 4 10 AT ESMA Ericsson Set Message Alert Sound Description Command Possible Responses Sets the answer mode AT ESMA lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt settings in the MS OK ERROR Show the current setting AT ESMA ESMA lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT ESMA ESMA list of supported supported lt mode gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR lt mode gt Description 0 Answer mode is not set to Any key or Auto off 1 Any Key mode on 2 Auto mode on 4 11 ATM Monitor Speaker Control Description Command Possible Responses 76 LZT 123 8023 R1A 4 AUDIO Set monitor speaker control Show the current setting Show if the command is supported ATM lt speaker gt ATM ATM OK ERROR M lt speaker gt M list of supported lt speaker gt s Description Define the activity of the speaker This command is ignored by the modem and is only included for compatibility lt speaker gt Description 0 Of
76. controlled by V 25ter echo command E 205 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT e The entered text should be formatted as follows if lt dcs gt set with CSMP indicates that GSM 03 38 default alphabet is used and lt fo gt indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is not set if TE character set other than HEX refer command Select TE Character Set CSCS in TS 07 07 ME TA converts the entered text into GSM alphabet according to rules of Annex A backspace can be used to delete last character and carriage returns can be used previously mentioned four character sequence shall be sent to the TE after every carriage return entered by the user if TE character set is HEX the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts to 7 bit characters of GSM alphabet e g 17 IRA 49 and 55 will be converted to character TI GSM 23 if lt dcs gt indicates that 8 bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or lt fo gt indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is set the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts into 8 bit octet e g two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 will be converted to an octet with integer value 42 e Sending can be cancelled by giving lt ESC gt character IRA 27 e lt ctrl Z gt IRA 26 must be used to indicate the ending of the message body lt da gt Descr
77. current setting AT CUSD CUSD lt n gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CUSD e CUSD list of supported supported lt n gt s OK ERROR Description This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data USSD according to GSM 02 90 271 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported Parameter lt n gt is used to disable enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code USSD response from the network or network initiated operation CUSD lt m gt lt str gt lt dcs gt to the TE In addition value lt n gt 2 is used to cancel an ongoing USSD session If lt n gt is not given then the default value 0 is taken When lt str gt is given a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string to a network initiated operation is sent to the network The response USSD string from the network is returned in a subsequent unsolicited CUSD result code The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM supplementary services is described in the GSM standard Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Some different scenarios are shown below e An incoming network initiated USSD Notify should be presented to the external application as an unsolicited result code CUSD if the external application has enabled result code presentation e An incoming
78. err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CLIP e CLIP list of supported supported lt n gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation that enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call Set command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service CLIP in the network When the presentation of the CLI at the TE is enabled and calling subscriber allows CLIP lt number gt lt type gt response is returned after every RING or CRING lt type gt refer to subclause Cellular result codes CRC in GSM 07 07 result code sent from TA to TE Whether this response is used when a normal voice call is answered depends on the manufacturer Read command gives the status of lt n gt and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIP service according to GSM 02 81 given in lt m gt Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value lt n gt Description 0 Disable 1 Enable lt m gt Description 0 CLIP not provisioned 1 CLIP provisioned 267 19 12 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 2 Unknown e g no network Unsolicited Result codes CLIP lt number gt lt typ
79. following web site http www SonyEricsson com M2M The GT47 as a standalone item is designed for indoor use only To use outdoors it must be integrated into a weatherproof enclosure Do not exceed the environmental and electrical limits as specified in Technical Data page 32 LZT 123 7607 R1B 2 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTIO N 2 Mechanical Descnption 2 1 Overview The pictures below show the mechanical design of the module along with the positions of the different connectors and mounting holes The module case is made of durable PC ABS plastic Antenna connector Access to SIM card RS232 serial and extended I O connector Figure 2 1 Module viewed from the left side Mounting hole x2 Power supply and extended I O connector Audio connector Figure 2 2 Module viewed from the right side 10 LZT 123 7607 R1B 2 MECHANICAL DESCRIPTIO N 2 2 Physical Dimensions Sony Ericsson 45 3 66 4 Measurements are given in millimetres See also Technical Data page 32 11 LZT 123 7607 R1B 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 Electrical Description All electrical connections to the module are protected in compliance with the standard air 8kV and contact 4kV Electrostatic Discharge ESD tests of EN 61000 4 2 The module uses the following industry standard connectors e High density 15 pin RS232 serial and extended I O
80. gt Description Integer type 0 240 Value indicating the maximum length of field lt alpha_id gt lt alpha_id gt Description String type Field of string type between Coding is according to EFanp as defined in GSM 11 11 The maximum length is fixed STK Send Short Message Unsolicited Result Code E2STKE lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt alpha_id gt The ME passes the lt alpha_id gt within SEND SHORT MESSAGE command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKE This informs the external application that the ME is sending an SMS lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to O It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet 247 18 10 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT lt text_length gt Description Integer type 0 240 Value indicating the maximum length of field lt alpha_id gt lt alpha_id gt Description String type Field of string type format between Coding is according to EFanp as defined in GSM 11 11 FF In case that the SIM does not provide the optional alpha identifier or this is
81. gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to 0 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet lt prompt_text_length gt Description Integer type 0 235 Value indicating the maximum length of field lt prompt_text gt lt prompt_text gt Description String type Field of maximum length lt prompt_text_length gt in string type format between Coding is defined in lt prompt_coding gt M2M STK Get Input Description Command Possible responses Answer to the reception of GET INPUT AT E2STKI lt answer gt lt response_type gt lt response_length gt lt user_response gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT E2STKI E2STKI list of supported command is lt answer gt list of supported supported lt response_type gt lt response_length gt lt user_response gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR tion The ME passes the parameters within GET INPUT command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code 238 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT E2
82. gt used character set should be the one selected with the Select TE character set command 172 14 NETWORK CSCS lt numberx gt Description String type ME number of format specified by lt typex gt lt typex gt Description Integer format Type of address refer to GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 lt speed gt Description data rate As defined in subclause 6 7 GSM 07 07 lt service gt Description 0 Asynchronous modem 4 Voice 5 Fax lt itc gt Description 0 3 1 kHz 1 UDI AT COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation Description Command Possible Responses Request connected line AT COLP lt n gt OK identification ERROR presentation Show the current setting AT COLP COLP lt n gt lt m gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT COLP COLP list of supported supported lt n gt s OK ERROR 173 14 NETWORK Description 14 14 AT COPN LZT 123 8023 R1A This command refers to the GSM UMTS supplementary service COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation that enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity COL of the called party after setting up a mobile originated call The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at the TE It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network When enabled and allowed by the called subscriber COLP lt number gt lt t
83. gt Description 0 Disable 1 Enable 263 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES lt mode gt Description 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Query status lt classx gt Description integer Sum of integers each representing a class of information Default value is 7 1 Voice L1 2 Data 4 Fax 8 Short message service 16 Data circuit sync 32 Data circuit async 64 Dedicated packet access 128 Dedicated PAD access lt status gt Description 0 Not active 1 Active lt number gt Description String type String type ME number of forwarding address in format specified by lt type gt lt type gt Description Integer format Type of address octet in integer format GSM 04 08 10 5 4 7 lt err gt Description 0 ME failure 3 Operation not allowed 4 Operation not supported 21 Invalid index 264 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 30 No network service 31 Network timeout 100 Unknown Unsolicited Result Codes CCWA lt number gt lt type gt lt class gt Example AT CCWA CCWA 0 1 OK AT CCWA CCWA 0 OK 19 10 AT CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty Description Command Possible Responses Request call related AT CHLD lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt supplementary services OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CHLD CHLD list of supported supported lt n gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Descriptio
84. large number of Ericsson specific commands in addition to those implemented in accordance with the GSM and ITU T recommendations These commands are provided to enhance the functions of the module The Ericsson specific commands are identified by the asterisk that precedes the command see the syntax description provided below Only commands that are listed in the AT Commands Manual are supported unless otherwise stated Other commands may be listed by the module but these are only included for historical or legacy reasons 2 CALL CONTROL 1 3 Syntax Description This section provides a brief description of the syntax used for the GT47 AT command set See the ITU T recommendation V 25ter for additional information 1 3 1 Conventions In this manual the following conventions are used to explain the AT commands lt command gt The name of the command that is to be entered lt parameter gt The parameter values that are defined for a certain command lt CR gt The command line is terminated by the Carriage Return or Enter key or ATS3 command lt LF gt Line feed character or ATS4 command lt gt The term enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactical element The brackets do not appear in the command line Square brackets are used to indicate that a certain item is optional For example sub parameters of a command or an optional part of a response The brackets do not appear in the command line Value The defa
85. lt n gt Description 0 Disable the CSSI result code presentation status in the TA 1 Enable the CSSI result code presentation status in the TA lt m gt Description 0 Disable the CSSU result code presentation status in the TA 1 Enable the CSSU result code presentation status in the TA lt code1 gt Description 0 Unconditional call forwarding is active 1 Some of the conditional call forwarding are active 2 Call has been forwarded 270 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 3 Call is waiting 4 This is a CUG call also lt index gt present 5 Outgoing calls are barred 6 Incoming calls are barred 7 CLIR suppression rejected lt index gt Description 0 9 CUG index 10 No index preferred CUG taken from subscriber data lt code2 gt Description 0 This is a forwarded call MT call setup 1 This is a CUG call also lt index gt present MT call setup 2 Call has been put on hold during a voice call 3 Call has been retrieved during a voice call 4 Multiparty call entered during a voice call 5 Call on hold has been released this is not a SS notification during a voice call 6 Forward check SS message received can be received whenever 10 Incoming call has been forwarded 19 14 AT CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Description Command Possible Responses Request unstructured AT CUSD lt n gt lt str gt CME ERROR lt err gt supplementary service OK data Show the
86. not implemented unspecified Invalid Transaction Identifier value User not member of CUG Incompatible Destination Invalid transit network selection Semantically incorrect message Invalid mandatory information Message type non existent or not implemented Message type not compatible with protocol state Information element non existent or not implemented Conditional IE Error Message not compatible with protocol state Recovery on timer expiry Protocol error unspecified Inter working unspecified Radio Path Not Available The network did not send a cause Max Random Access channels used Uplink failure Access barred Paging Rejected by the Base station No cell available SIM has been removed Ciphering Error No Ciphering key Reestablish not allowed Establish failure in MPH Data link error Phone is not off hook Reestablish in progress Establish error RR connection failure Forced registration failure GPRS detached GPRS suspended PDCH release 42 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 231 GSM detached 255 Empty lt number gt A string containing the phone number of the party calling the module Mobile Terminated or the party called from the module Mobile Originated The lt number gt is only shown for state CALLING 1 and ALERTING 6 lt number gt Description String String of valid dial characters 0 9 A B and C
87. of data that makes an IP packet send viable This 107 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP packet size is defined by lt SendSz gt If lt SendSz gt is not received and no data is received for lt WaitTm gt 100ms then the data will be send as a packet anyway regardless of the packet size Retransmit intervals are controlled internally but will do this for lt NmRetry gt times If the data is still not sent by this time the socket session will be closed and revert to offline command mode with a NO CARRIER response The final parameter lt esc gt controls whether the module will look for an escape sequence in on line data mode this enables applications to use 3 wire RS232 communication rather than having to implement DTR By default this is off Abortability This command may not be aborted Defined values lt RetryTm gt Description 1 10 Number of seconds to wait for retry sending an IP packet when it can t be sent immediately Default 2 seconds Not supported lt NmRetry gt Description 3 8 Number of retries to be made before the socket is closed due to excessive delay Default 8 See application note Using AT commands to control the TCP IP stack in SEM modules for more information on the retry algorithm employed in the module stack lt WaitTm gt Description 1 10 Number of 100ms intervals to wait for incoming data before sending the packet to IP Default 2 2
88. or drop DTR causes a voice connection to be disconnected or not Voice connection also includes alternating mode calls that are currently in voice mode Note When lt mode gt 2 this command must be viewed in conjunction with the V 25ter command amp D or amp D will be ignored lt mode gt Description 0 Drop DTR ignored but OK response given ATH disconnects 1 Drop DTR and ATH ignored but OK response given 2 Drop DTR behavior according to amp D setting ATH disconnects Default value 2 13 AT VTD DTMF tone duration Parameter Command Syntax Description Command Return Set the duration of the LZT 123 8023 R1A VTD lt n gt OK 27 2 CALL CONTROL tone ERROR Query current setting VTD VTD lt n gt List supported values VTD VTD 1 255 Description This refers to an integer lt n gt that defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the VTS command This does not affect the D command A value different than zero causes a tone of duration lt n gt 10 seconds The value zero causes a manufacturer specific value Abortability This command may not be aborted Defined values Table 1 lt sn gt parameter lt sn gt Description Integer Value between 1 and 255 denoting 1 10 s of second of the duration of the DTMF tones Unsolicited Result codes Not Applicable Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical 2 1
89. phonebook storage AT CPBS lt storage gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt password gt OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CPBS CPBS lt storage gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CPBS CPBS list of supported supported lt storage gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Selects phonebook memory storage lt storage gt which is used by other phonebook commands Read command returns currently selected memory and when supported by manufacturer number of used locations and total number of locations in the memory lt storage gt Description EN Emergency numbers ME ME phonebook SM SIM phonebook DC ME dialled calls list 30 entries RC ME received calls list 30 entries MC ME missed calls list 30 entries lt passwd gt Description String type Represents the password required when selecting password protected lt storage gt s 195 LZT 123 8023 R1A 15 15 LZT 123 8023 R1A 15 PHONEBOOK AT CPBWPhonebook Write Description Command Possible Responses Request phonebook AT CPBW2 lt index gt write lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt Show if the command is AT CPBW supported CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CPBW list of supported lt index gt s lt nlength gt I ist of supported lt type gt s lt tlength gt CME ERROR l
90. pin is not used and is not controlled by the SPI Although the command is available to run this command not all of the IO pins required to run it are out through the interfaces that the GT47 allows Example AT E2SPI 255 2 1 lt CR gt OK This command sets the SPI bus active and the Sync pin is made toggle every 2 bytes of output data The initial state of the Sync pin is HIGH SPI Send Receive lt op gt 1 32 This command sends from 1 32 bytes of data across the enabled SPI bus Data is sent MSB first from the first byte to the last byte Example AT E2SPI 8 170 170 85 85 170 170 85 85 lt CR gt OK This command sends 8 bytes 170 170 85 85 170 170 85 85 across the SPI bus Bytes are in decimal format SPI Disable lt op gt 0 This command is sent to disable the SPI functionality and restore use of IO pins to other applications The SPI bus must be disabled before being enabled with a new set of parameters AT E2SPI 0 OK 154 13 16 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE lt op gt Description 0 Disable SPI bus 1 32 Send receive 1 32 bytes 255 Enable SPI bus lt byteformat gt Description 0 No Sync Pin function 1 32 Sync is toggled every 1 32 bytes sent received lt InitSynce gt Description 0 Sync Pin initial state LOW Sync Pin initial state HIGH lt byte x gt lt byte X rx gt Description AT E2ESC 0 255 decimal value denotin
91. returns the whole index range supported by the SIM lt index gt Description 1 n integer type the order number of operator in the SIM preferred operator list value range returned by test command lt format gt Description 0 long format alphanumeric lt oper gt 1 short format alphanumeric lt oper gt 2 numeric lt oper gt lt oper gt Description string type Format determined by the lt format gt setting AT CREG Network Registration Description Command Possible Responses Request network AT CREG lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt registration OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CREG CREG lt n gt lt stat gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CREG CREG list of supported supported lt n gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK 177 14 18 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK ERROR Description Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code CREG lt stat gt when lt n gt 1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status Read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer lt stat gt which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the ME Controls the presentation of the unsolicited result code CREG lt n gt Description 0 Disable network registration unsolicited result code Default value Enable network registration unsolicited result c
92. s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description The command sets an alarm time in the ME An array of different alarms can be set and each may be recurrent If alarm setting fails ERROR lt err gt is returned When the alarm is timed out and executed the unsolicited result code CALV lt n gt is always returned even if the alarm is setup to be silent The alarm time is set in hours and minutes Date seconds and time zone cannot be set The read command returns the list of current active alarm settings in the ME 46 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note Note 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Show returns the supported array index values alarm types and maximum length of the text strings lt time gt Description string type Refer to the AT CCLK command Note Only hours and value minutes are used i e date time zone and seconds are not used lt n gt Description Integer type Index identifying an active alarm The number of active alarms is manufacturer and product specific lt tlength gt Description Integer type Maximum length of lt text gt parameter The maximum length of the lt text gt parameter is manufacturer and product specific lt recurr gt Description Format For setting an alarm for one or more days in the week The lt 1 7 gt lt 1 7 gt digits 1 to 7 correspond to the days in the week Monday 1 seal Sunday 7 Example The
93. s Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt dly gt Description 2 The value of the dial modifier delay in seconds Default value 1 255 The value of the dial modifier delay in seconds 34 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 10 ATS10 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Automatic Disconnect Delay Control Description Command Possible Responses Set Automatic ATS10 lt val gt OK Disconnect Delay ERROR Control Show the current setting ATS10 lt val gt Show if the command is ATS10 10 list of supported supported lt val gt s Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt val gt Description 2 Remains connected for two tenths of a second Default value 1 254 Number of tenths of a second of delay 3 11 AT ECAM Ericsson Call Monitoring LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set Call Monitoring on or off Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT ECAM lt onoff gt AT ECAM AT ECAM CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR ECAM lt onoff gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR ECAM list of supported lt onoff gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command activates or deactivates the call monitoring function in the ME When this log function is activated in the ME the ME informs about call events such as incoming call connected hang up etc It is preferab
94. source off The 4 8V source may be switched on off via an embedded or external application and so may be used as an optional digital output with levels of 4 8V and open circuit 3 2 6 Second RS232 Serial Interface Note IN 3 and OUT 3 can be automatically reconfigured as signals TD 2 and RD 2 of a second serial interface by enabling UART3 of the internal GR47 UART 3 may be enabled using AT command or intrinsic function In addition IN 2 and OUT 4 can be automatically reconfigured as signals CTS 2 and RTS 2 of the second serial interface by enabling hardware flow control for UART3 on the internal GR47 Hardware flow control can be enabled using intrinsic function only The signal level thresholds for each of the digital inputs of the second serial interface are 3V lt V lt 32V and V lt 2 8V Anexternal RS232 transceiver component may be used to convert the serial interface to standard RS232 electrical levels The GT47 s 4 8 V output can be used to provide power for the transceiver 3 2 7 Relationship between GT47 and GR47 signals When reconfiguring a GT47 signal via AT command or intrinsic function the corresponding GR47 signal name must be used see the GT47 GR47 signal cross reference tables overleaf LZT 123 7607 R1B 20 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION GI47 GR47 Signal Cross reference Table A GT47 GT48 Relat
95. string 1 2 3 4 5 may be used for setting an alarm for all weekdays Format 0 For setting an alarm for all days in the week lt rlength gt Description Integer type Maximum length of the lt recurr gt parameter Unsolicited result codes CALV lt n gt Example AT CALA CALA 1 2 13 Recurrent AT CALA 12 00 1 0 OK AT CALA CALA 12 00 1 47 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Single CALA 15 40 1 OK Technical Description Only a single active alarm can be set and this can only be set to an hour minute not to a date day 3 19 AT CALD Alarm Delete Description Command Possible Responses Delete an alarm AT CALD lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CALD CALD list of supported supported lt n gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command removes an active alarm lt n gt Description Integer type Index identifying an active alarm 3 20 AT CCLK Set Clock and Date Description Command Possible Responses Set the real time clock of AT CCLK lt time gt CME ERROR lt err gt the ME OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CCLK CCLK lt time gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CCLK OK supported ERROR 48 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Description Sets the real time clock of the ME If setting fails in an ME err
96. terminated by the user described in the GSM standard 2 Failed User requests backwards move It corresponds to 11 backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by the user 3 Failed No response from user It corresponds to 12 no response from user 4 Failed Screen is busy the text could not be displayed 6 Failed User rejected call set up request It corresponds to 22 7 Failed User cleared down call before connection or network release It corresponds to 23 Unsolicited Result Codes E2STKC lt ton gt lt dial_string gt lt SetUpRequirement gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt alpha_id gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard 246 18 9 AT E2STKE LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT lt ton gt Description Integer type Field of 1 byte indicating the Type of Number coded as for EFanp See GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 for the allowed values lt dial_string gt Description String type ME number of format lt ton gt lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to O It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet lt text_length
97. the AT E2EMM ERROR response lt n gt lt m gt OK presentation mode Display mode E2EMM neighbour cells Serving Cell are taken from the toplist Compact mode The first cell is the serving cell the rest are neighbour cells taken from the toplist Verbose mode The first cell is the serving cell and the rest are neighbour cells as provided by the network in the system info messages 2 and 5 and via the AT E2NBTS command MCC MNC LAC CelllID BSIC Ch RxL C1 C2 RxLFull RxLSub RxQFull RxQSub TA TN lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt L lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt lt rxlFull gt lt rxlSub gt lt rxqfull gt lt rxqsub gt lt ta gt lt tn gt NeighBours Cells MCC MNC LAC CellID BSIC Ch RxL C1 C2 lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt OK E2EMM lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt rxlSub gt lt rxqsub gt lt ta gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt O
98. the DAC output In case of a digital I O the command has the following syntax AT E210 0 101 E2l0 0 101 0 OK If reading from the ADC DACs AT E210 0 AD1 E2l0 0 AD1 62 OK Write lt op gt 1 Sets an output to a specific value For digital sources lt val gt 0 or 1 and for the analog sources 0 255 If the signal is bi directional 101 to 105 it must be configured as an output before writing is allowed If the output can be written to the signal is set to lt val gt and OK is returned otherwise ERROR is returned AT E210 1 101 1 OK or AT E2I0 1 DA1 100 OK Configure lt op gt 2 The configuration operation is used for the bi directional signals 101 to 105 They can be configured as input lt val gt 0 or output lt val gt 1 If the signal is not configurable ERROR is returned in place of OK Once set the signal remains configured even after a power cycle Example shown below AT E2I0 2 101 1 Set 101 as an output OK 134 LZT 123 8023 R1A 12 INPUT OUTPUT Configure Check lt op gt 3 This operation reads the current configuration of the signal Returned lt val gt is current signal state If the signal is configurable the current state and OK are returned if not ERROR is returned AT E210 3 101 E2I0 3 101 1 101 is currently set as an output OK Trigger lt op gt 4 Input signals can be set t
99. the extranet or from customer support quote GR47 48 Application Note LZT 123 7631 LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 Call Control 2 1 AT CPIN PIN Control 2 CALL CONTROL See 3 29 AT CPIN PIN Control 2 2 ATA Answer Incoming Call Description Command Possible Responses Answer an incoming call ATA CONNECT CONNECT lt text gt NO CARRIER ERROR OK Answer and initiate connection to an incoming call lt text gt Description 19200 9600 4800 2400 Connected with data bit rate of 19200 bits s HSCSD Connected with data bit rate of 9600 bits s Connected with data bit rate of 4800 bits s Connected with data bit rate of 2400 bits s LZT 123 8023 R1A 20 2 3 ATD Dial 2 CALL CONTROL Description Command Possible Responses Originate a call and ATD lt dial_string gt dial the ME number specified in the command as lt dial_string gt or Do a network detect Dial the ME number ATD gt ME lt I gt stored in the ME which is located by the index lt l gt Dial the ME number ATD gt SM lt I gt stored in the SIM card which is located by the index lt I gt Dial the ME number ATD gt LD lt I gt stored in the Last dialled number list on the SIM card which is located by the index lt l gt The most recently dialled number is assumed to have lt l gt 1 Redial the last ME number dialled Ericsson specific ATDL
100. tutes E A A A EN T 4 Ide DESCRIPTION OO a E O E EE E E EE NEO ESTEE EEOSE A aa 4 k2 Hishliehts a a a a a taney A a ene eiesa Genesis 4 1 3 Main Features and Services cccecccsecccescccceccceeccssesccunccseeeccesecesencessesceensceeens 5 LAS Service aid SUpPOlt a aa a araa manta AEE a ne AA ARRE AELAD EFOR 9 1 5 Precautions O a a a a Aa e ae Ea 9 2 Mechanical Description sis csccisccssessceasvbsdeasesscuvacussenesansvessede sheunssestevensessoncsseseebentesioe 10 2 1 OVERVIEW e n ae a a a bees 10 2 2 Physical Dimensi ns sscccnssu nano a A a 11 Dw Electrical Description omsetten coated tnana tiaten sensaro firinde irois nae 12 3 1 Power Supply and Extended I O Connector cccccceceeeeeeeeeeneecececeeeenenenaees 12 3 2 RS232 Serial and Extended I O Interface oooosoosneneeesesessrereresrssssrerereresssreee 16 3 3 Adio OON EO O r a a a a a la a A t 22 3 4 Antenna Connector cccccccsseseeseccccccccucesscececcececaceaesescccceceeauuaesecsceseesauanees 24 3 5 SIM Card Reader doonouarne a a a a a seas RU a 25 3 6 Reali EET E A AAEE A S 25 See OLR et LON Ei E trealnes wade tea tumab Ad tened aineavelttenetr 26 4 Embedded A ppl catiatis iiss caccicstecs csscteeasckassecaucestectads cats cacutoeeteh ptebes vosttceabsedabtcaaeneues 27 Avl SFeatures dade tease a a tates fone ei decade deus ASS 27 4 2 Jeiplementatiow adesselaisscasstaayavesacnranedern A A arenaen EPERE on 27 s Da h
101. wAiur gt CME ERROR lt err gt configuration This L lt wRx gt lt topRx gt OK command is also used lt codings gt ERROR during a call if new lt wAiur gt and or lt wRx gt are is desired Show the current setting AT CHSN CHSN lt wAiur gt lt wRx gt lt topRx gt lt codings gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CHSN e CHSN list of supported supported lt wAiur gt s list of supported lt wRx gt s list of supported lt topRx gt s list of supported lt codings gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Controls parameters for non transparent HSCSD calls Changing lt topRx gt or lt codings gt during a call does not affect the current call Changing lt wAiur gt or lt wRx gt affects the current call only if lt topRx gt was non zero when the call was established When using the command in this way it comes in the action command category This is what is referred to as user initiated up and down grading in GSM 02 34 and GSM 03 34 Note Recommended value for parameter lt speed gt in AT CBST is 0 lt wAiur gt Description 0 TA ME shall calculate a proper number of receive timeslots from currently selected fixed network user rate lt speed gt parameter from CBST command and lt codings gt and lt wRx gt or lt maxRx gt from CHSD command if lt wRx gt 0 1 Wanted air interface user rate is 9
102. with a range of handsets If necessary changes can be made to the characteristics of the audio interface by sending the GT47 appropriate AT commands 1 MICN 2 BEARN 3 BEARP 4 MICP LZT 123 7607 R1B 22 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION Audio signal descriptions are listed below Pin Signal Dir Description 1 MICN Microphone negative input 2 BEARN O Earpiece negative output 3 BEA RP O Earpiece positive output 4 MICP Microphone positive input MICP and MICN are balanced differential microphone input signals These inputs are compatible with an electret microphone BEARP and BEARN are the speaker output signals These are differential mode outputs The electrical characteristics are given in the table below Parameter Limit Output level differential 24 0Vpp Output level dynamic load 32Q 22 8V 5p Distortion at 1kHz and maximum output level lt 5 Offset BEARP to BEARN 30mV Ear piece mute switch attenuation gt 40dB The following table shows the ear piece impedances that can be connected to BEARP and BEARN Ear piece model Impedance Tolerance Dynamic ear piece 32Q 800uH 100pF 20 Dynamic earpiece 150Q 800uH 100pF 20 Piezo earpiece 1kQ 60nF 20 LZT 123 7607 R1B 23 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 4 Antenna Connector The antenna connector allows transmission of radio frequency RF signals between the GT47 and an external customer supplied an
103. 0 18 13AT E2STKO SIM Application Toolkit Settings nnnnsnnnnnenrneeneeenen 250 Supplementary ServiCeS cccccceceecececeeeeseeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeneaeenseees 252 19 1 AT CPIN PIN Control sonccc cuneate nee Oe ae 252 19 2 AT CAOC Advice of Charge cccccceceeeeee eee eeeeecneeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeetae 252 19 3 AT EDIF Ericsson Divert FUNCtION cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeesenesenttesssennnnaaaeees 253 19 4 AT EIPS Identity Presentation Set ccccccceeeiecceeeee eee eeeettneeeeeeeeeetee 253 19 5 AT ELIN Ericsson Line Set wicvciincasducocuvenincvvadialedsadvuiviasdeasbdoalacuaceusncatden 254 19 6 AT E2SSD M2M Supplementary Service Dispatch 0eeeeee 255 19 7 AT E2SSI M2M Supplementary Service Indications c ceeeeeees 256 19 8 AT CCFC Call Forwarding number and Conditions cee 261 19 9 ATFCCWA Call Waiting vcicc 2neshecies Sein nied socedniuad width eee 263 19 10 AT CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty cc cececccseeeeeeessesssteeeeeeeeees 265 19 11 AT CLIP Calling Line Identification ccc ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetnteeeeeetee 267 19 12 AT CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction eee 268 19 13 AT CSSN Supplementary Service Notification sessseeeeeeeeeeees 269 19 14AT CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data ceeee 271 Embedded Application si cicsiccivessecseecscaivecscssaccusnscceasevedenssdedestexedesses 275 20 1 AT E2APC A
104. 0 240 Value indicating the maximum length of field lt alpha_id gt lt alpha_id gt Description String type Field of string type format between Coding is according to EFanp as defined in GSM 11 11 FF In case that the SIM does not provide the optional alpha identifier or this is a null data object the ME shall give FF to 249 18 12 18 13 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT indicate SS string sent so that the external application is informed The maximum length is fixed AT E2STKR STK Refresh Unsolicited Result Code E2STKR lt indicator gt The ME informs the external application about the coming REFRESH command by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKR e g Reset is coming lt indicator gt Description Integer type Indicator describes the mode that the SIM has requested when sending a REFRESH command 0 SIM initialization and full file change notification 1 File change notification 2 SIM initialization and file change notification 3 SIM initialization 4 SIM reset AT E2STKO SIM Application Toolkit Settings Parameter Command Syntax AT E2STKTO lt Command gt lt timer gt This command allows the external application to configure some general settings related to STK Defined values Parameter lt Command gt is used to define the command that the time parameter is going to be applied Parameter lt timer gt is used to fi
105. 00 Baud rate 1 1 200 Baud rate 2 2 400 Baud rate 3 4 800 Baud rate 4 9 600 Baud rate Default value 5 19 200 Baud rate 6 38 400 Baud rate 7 57 600 Baud rate 8 115 200 Baud rate 230 400 Baud rate 121 9 GPS INTEROPERABILITY 10 460 800 Baud rate Examples AT E2NMPR E2NMPR 0 10 OK Port rate currently set AT E2NMPR E2NMPR 4 OK Set GPS NMEA port rate to 4800 baud AT E2NMPR 2 OK 122 LZT 123 8023 R1A 10 Fax 10 1 AT E2FAX Ericsson M2M Fax Comm Baud Rate Modification Description Command Possible Responses Request change of fax AT E2FAX lt RcV gt ERROR comm baud rate OK Show the current setting AT E2FAX E2FAX lt RcV gt ERROR Shows if the command is AT E2FAX E2FAX list of supported supported lt RcV gt s ERROR Description This command allows the modification of the factory default RS232 comm setting between standard 9600 baud and 19200 baud This is needed as the addition of fax capabilities within the module require communication between fax applications and the module to run at a higher baud rate than the fax transmission baud rate In this case the fastest transmission rate is 9600 baud Once this command has been performed the user must then execute the AT amp F command to reset the module with the new RS232 comm s baud rate The AT E2FAX command allows the user to e Configure the RS232 Comm speed default factory profile speci
106. 00ms Not supported lt SendSz gt Description 255 1020 Size in bytes of the data chunk to be received before sending to IP Default 1020 bytes Note this is only applicable when using TCP connections when using UDP all packets will be 255 bytes in lenth lt esc gt Description 0 Turn the use of the escape sequence during a TCP IP session off Default 108 7 DATA TCP IP 1 Turn the use of the escape sequence during a TCP IP session on Unsolicited Result codes None Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical Example AT E2IPS E2IPS 2 10 2 1020 0 Defaults OK AT E2IPS 2 4 2 500 0 Set number of retires to 4 TCP packet size to 500bytes and turn of the escape sequence OK AT E2IPS Set to Defaults OK 7 8 AT E2IPL IP listen server Description Command Possible Responses Set the unit to AT E2IPL lt sck gt lt IPtype Listening on port lt IPport gt behave as a server gt lt IPport gt lt to gt ERROR Test if the AT E2 PL e EZ2IPL list of supported commanda lt sck gt list of supported lt IPtype gt list of supported supported lt IPport gt list of supported lt to gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description The IP listen function is used to allow other IP address to connect to it The command will only succeed when an IP Session is Active see AT E2IPA Note The use of this command is defined in the application note U
107. 023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT OK ERROR Description Selects the procedure for the way in which new messages received from the network are indicated to the TE when it is active e g DTR signal is ON If the TE is inactive DTR signal is OFF message receiving is carried out as specified in GSM 03 38 3G TS 23 038 If the command fails and the error is related to mobile equipment or network the final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned lt mode gt Description 3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE TA TE link specific inband technique used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on line data mode lt mt gt Description 0 No SMS DELIVER indications are routed to the TE No class Class 0 class 1 and class 3 use lt mem3 gt as preferred storage Class 2 messages shall be stored in the SIM If it this is not possible then the MS shall send an error message accordingly to GSM 03 38 1 SMS DELIVER is stored into ME TA and the indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code CMTI lt mem gt lt index gt 2 Class 0 class 1 and class 3 SMS DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE using the unsolicited result code but not stored in ME TA CMT lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt PDU mode enabled Class 2 data coding scheme result in indication as defined in lt mt gt 1 3 Class 3
108. 1 AT E2PBCS Ericsson M2M Phonebook Check Sum sssseeeeeees 183 15 2 AT ESAG Ericsson Add to Group cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeee 183 15 3 AT ESCG Ericsson Create Group ssssssssessssssssssssssssssssssseees 184 15 4 AT ESCN Ericsson Set Credit Card Number 00seeeeeeeeeeeeees 185 15 5 AT ESVM Ericsson Set Voice Mail NUMmbe sssseessssesseeeeaeees 187 15 6 AT ESDG Ericsson Delete Group ccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeseseeseeeeeeeeeeeneees 189 15 7 AT ESDI Ericsson Delete Group Item 0 ccceeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 189 15 8 AT ESGR Ericsson Group Read ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 190 15 9 AT EGIR Ericsson Group Item Read 0c ceceeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseneees 190 15 10 AT ESIL Ericsson Silence Command 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeees 191 15 11 AT ESNU Ericsson Settings Number cceeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeetneeeeeeetee 192 15 12 AT CPBF Phonebook Pindlas 2ci5icoe 22st eeoscatele accel ea ty Madea ete a 193 15 13 AT CPBR Phonebook Read cccccccccccsesssteeeeeeeseesseeeaeeeeesesseesteseeeeeeees 193 15 14 AT CPBS ME StOrag 6 cco nckidieeni atari Wate eed 195 15 15 AT CPBW Phonebook Write cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesseseseeseeeeesennees 196 16 Short Message Services Point to Point ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 198 16 1 AT CGSMS Select Service f
109. 1C or from 85C to 86C will cause an unsolicited report with an out of range indication if the module was in range A transition from 40C to 39C or from 85 to 84C will cause an unsolicited report with an in range indication if the module was out of range The report setting is persistent and will remain after a power cycle 284 LZT 123 8023 R1A 21 ENVIRONMENTAL Table 1 lt n gt parameter lt n gt Description 0 Disable Operational Temperature Reporting 1 Enable Operational Temperature Reporting Table 2 lt stat gt parameter lt stat gt Description 0 Out of range 1 In range Table 3 lt temp gt parameter lt temp gt Description 50 to 100 Integer Temperature in degree Celcius 285 22 Alphabetical Listing of AT Commands LZT 123 8023 R1A AT Command Description Page No AT Attention Command 125 AT amp C Circuit 109 DCD Control 144 AT amp D Circuit 108 DTR Response 144 AT amp F Set to Factory Defined Configuration 125 AT amp S Circuit 107 DSR response 145 AT amp W Store User Profile 125 A List all Supported AT Commands 126 AT E2APC Application Program Control 275 AT E2APD Application Program Download 278 AT E2APR M2M Audio Profile Manipulation 69 AT E2CD Ericsson M2M Cell Description 157 AT E2EAMS Ericsson M2M Audio Profile Modification 65 AT E2EMM Ericsson M2M Engineering Monitoring Mode 158 AT E2ESC M2M Escape Sequence Guard Time 155 AT E2FAX Eri
110. 23 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Display current value for AT ECIND 4 all indicators Show if the command is AT ECIND supported and input parameters Unsolicited report ECIND 4 lt v1 gt lt v2 gt lt v3 gt lt v12 gt lt v1 3 gt lt v20 gt ECIND List of supported operational codes lt ind_no gt s lt on off gt s lt rn gt s ECIND 5 lt ind_no gt lt vn gt Description This command enables disables the unsolicited reporting of individual indicators The command also returns the current status of all or selected indicators An operating code has been assigned and hard coded 1 4 in the table above for each possible kind of operation using this command The same operating code is returned as the first parameter in the solicited and unsolicited responses Unsolicited reports for all indicators are default off The settings are persistent and will remain after a power cycle Ordinal number and Description lt ind_no gt 1 Signal strength indicator 0 5 2 Service indicator 3 SMS message waiting to be read 4 Call in progress indicator 5 SMS memory full 6 Roaming indicator 7 Voice message waiting line 1 8 Voice message waiting line 2 9 Fax message waiting line 1 10 Fax message waiting line 2 11 Email message waiting line 1 12 Email message waiting line 2 13 20 Reserved Parameter Description lt rn gt n 1 20 Indicator reportin
111. 23 R1A 12 INPUT OUTPUT 0 Pin Switched Out not available on connector until switched in see Pinswitch 1 Pin In Use by Apps internally or not allowed for use 2 Pin used internally by signalling software for RS232 control can be made available as GPIO with AT E2RS232 cmd 3 Pin available for Use AT E210 6 12 OK AT E2I0 7 12 E210 7 12 3 The test command returns the supported I Os and allowed value ranges Abortability This command may not be aborted lt op gt Description 0 Read 1 Write 2 Configure 3 Configure Check 4 Trigger 5 Trigger Check 6 Pin Switch 7 Pin Status lt io gt Description 101 101 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 102 102 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 103 103 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 104 104 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 105 105 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 106 106 Supported Operations 0 2 3 7 107 107 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 7 136 12 INPUT OUTPUT 108 108 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 7 109 109 Supported Operations 0 1 2 3 7 11 Digital Input 1 Supported Operation 0 7 12 Digital Input 2 Supported Operation 0 6 7 13 Digital Input 3 Supported Operation 0 6 7 14 Digital Input 4 Supported Operation 0 6 7 01 Digital Output 1 Supported Operations 0 1 7 02 Digital Output 2 Supported Operations 0 1 7 03 Digital Output 3 Supported Operations 0 1
112. 3 3 7 ATS6 Blind Dial Delay Control cece eeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteaaeeeeeees 33 3 8 ATS7 Connection Completion Timeout cccccccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 34 3 9 ATS8 Comma Dial Modifier Delay Control cece ceeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeees 34 3 10 ATS10 Automatic Disconnect Delay Control 00 ecceeeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeees 35 3 11 AT ECAM Ericsson Call Monitoring cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 35 3 12 AT ECIND Expanded Indicator Control cccccccccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 37 3 13 AT ECLCC List Current Calls ccccccsssssscsccnncncneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 39 3 14 AT EDST Ericsson Daylight Saving Time ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneees 44 3 15 AT EMAR Ericsson Master Reset ccsssscccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeess 45 3 16 AT E2RESET Restartimodule ianinumacindiivanntinuinndiuan ios 45 3 17 VAT EPEE Ericsson Pim Event stcysssisheashovieesterinenhesaccesacebaavedendeeuieeveudeaaes 45 3 19 ATFCAL A Ser Alani acta sacisctin ce settle anneal a eet ale 46 3 19 AT CALD Alarm Delete ccccccsscccccnnsnnnnneceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 48 3 20 AT CCLK Set Clock and Date ccccccssssssssssscecsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 48 3 21 AT CEER Extended Error Report ccccsccscsscccscscecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 49 3 22 AT CFUN Set ME Functionality cscccs sec cctaceih ela ecd Hoes leee
113. 3 8023 R1A 6 DATA GPRS Description Allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MS against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter lt cid gt Since this is the same parameter that is used in the CGDCONT command the CGQMIN command is effectively an extension to the CGDCONT command The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters each of which may be set to a separate value A special form of the set command CGQMIN lt cid gt causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number lt cid gt to become undefined In this case no check is made against the negotiated profile lt cid gt Description Integer type Parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition lt precedence gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 High priority 2 Normal priority 3 Low priority lt delay gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 4 Delay class lt reliability gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 5 Reliability class lt peak gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 Up to 1 000 8 kbits s 2 Up to 2 000 16 kbits s 91 6 DATA GPRS Up to 4 000 32 kbits s Up to 8 000 64 kbits s Up to 16 000 128 kbits s Up to
114. 3 AT CSAS Save Settings Description Command Possible Responses Save Settings AT CSAS lt profile gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CSAS CSAS list of supported command is lt profile gt s supported CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Saves active message service settings to a non volatile memory A TA can contain several settings profiles Settings specified in commands Service Centre Address CSCA Set Message Parameters CSMP and Select Cell Broadcast Message Types CSCB if implemented are saved Certain settings may not be supported by the storage e g SIM SMS parameters and therefore can not be saved Test command shall display the supported profile numbers for reading and writing of settings lt profile gt Description 0 255 Manufacturer specific profile number where settings are to be stored Default value is 0 62 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Note It is recommended that the AT amp W command is used in preference to AT CSAS This is only included for compatibility 3 34 AT CSQ Signal Strength Description Command Possible Responses Show the Signal AT CSQ e CSQ lt rssi gt lt ber gt Strength CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CSQ e CSQ list of supported supported lt rssi gt s list of supported lt ber gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK lt ERROR Description Returns the
115. 32 000 256 kbits s Up to 64 000 512 kbits s Up to 128 000 1 024 kbits s Up to 256 000 2 048 kbits s lt mean gt Description 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 31 Subscribed from network value used Best effort 100 0 22 bits s 200 0 44 bits s 500 1 11 bits s 1000 2 2 bits s 2 000 4 4 bits s 5 000 11 1 bits s 10 000 22 bits s 20 000 44 bits s 50 000 111 bits s 100 000 0 22 kbits s 200 000 0 44 kbits s 500 000 1 11 kbits s 1 000 000 2 2 kbits s 2 000 000 4 4 kbits s 5 000 000 11 1 kbits s 10 000 000 22 kbits s 20 000 000 44 kbits s 50 000 000 111 kbits s 6 8 AT CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested Description Command Possible Responses Set quality of LZT 123 8023 R1A CGQREQ lt cid gt CME ERROR lt err gt 92 LZT 123 8023 R1A 6 DATA GPRS service L lt precedence gt OK profile lt delay gt ERROR lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt Show the CGQREQ CGQREAQ lt cid gt lt precedence gt current lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt setting lt mean gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQREQ lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt OK ERROR Show if the CGQREQ CGQREQ lt PDP_type gt command is list of supported lt precedence gt s supported l
116. 4 AT VTS DTMF and Tone Generation Description Command Possible Responses Request transmission of AT VTS lt DTMF gt OK DTMF tone s ERROR Show if the command is AT VTS OK supported ERROR Description This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones These tones may be used for example when announcing the start of a recording period The command is write only Note The ATD command is used only for dialing It is not possible to generate arbitrary DTMF tones using the ATD command 28 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 CALL CONTROL Note The AT VTS command is used only during a voice call lt DTMF gt Description ASCII An ASCII character string with entries in the set 0 9 and character string separated by commas Each entry is interpreted as a single ASCII character Example The string 8 9 sends two DTMF tones 8 followed by 9 P is a further valid character which allows a pause of the same width of the tones to be inserted Example atd01252551624 OK at vts 1 p 2 p 3 OK 29 3 Control and Status 3 1 ATQ Result Code Suppression Description Command Possible Responses Set Result Code ATQ lt value gt OK Suppression ERROR Show the current setting ATQ Q lt value gt Show if the command is ATQ Q list of supported supported lt value gt s Description Determines whether or not the DCE transmits result codes to the DTE When result
117. 5 AT CGMI Read MS Manufacturer Identification cc ceeeeeeeeeee ees 126 11 6 AT CGMM Read MS Model Identification 127 11 7 AT CGMR Read MS Revision Identification 0 0 0 0 cee eceeeee ee eeeeees 127 11 8 AT CGSN Read MS Product Serial Number Identification 128 11 9 AT GMI Read Manufacturer Identification 0 cece ce ee eeeseeeeeea ee 128 11 10 AT GMM Read Model Identification 0 0 cece ceeceeseeeseseeeeeneeeeeaes 129 11 11 AT GMR Read Revision Identification 0 ccc ccc eceee cece eeeseeeeeeenee eens 129 11 12 ATI Identification Information ou ccc cceeeceseeeeeeseeeeeueesessuaeeneeeeaes 130 12 SME OC Gat cece ed el de ead ve es einai Peete aiai da ee eee eee 132 12 1 AT E2I0 Ericsson M2M Input Output Read Write eeeessssseeeeees 132 12 2 AT E2U3 Ericsson M2M UART 3 Control 140 12 3 AT E2RS232 Ericsson RS232 control Mode 141 a E INTO TAC Gc fee este se acetate eee ache dea sth edad fos ha ee bed eed 144 13 1 AT CPIN PIN Control 0 cece ccc cecccceceeeeeecescueeeceseueaeseesesuaaeeeesaaenees 144 13 2 AT amp C Circuit 109 DCD Control ic ocseS te Gaccatas uhelilaiaeeaetsesttecenaninids 144 13 3 AT amp D Circuit 108 DTR Response 0 ccceeeieeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeteee 144 13 4 AT amp S Circuit 107 DSR RESPONSE cece cette eee eeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeee 145 13 5 AT WS46 Mode Selection cc cccccccceccsceecsseeeseseeeeeueeueeeuaeeeeeeeeaes 145 13 6
118. 5 gt lt ch6 gt lt bsi c6 gt lt ch 7 gt lt bsic7 gt lt ch8 gt lt bsic8 gt L lt ch9 gt lt bsic9 gt lt ch10 gt lt bsic10 gt lt ch11 gt lt bsic11 gt lt ch12 gt lt bsic12 gt L lt ch13 gt lt bsic13 gt lt ch14 gt lt bsic14 gt lt ch15 gt lt bsic15 gt lt ch16 gt lt bsic1 6 gt JI Show the AT E2NBTS E2NBTS current setting lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK ERROR Show if the AT E2NBTS E2NBTS list of command is supported lt ch gt s supported ERROR Description The set command shall provide with the ARFCNs lt ch gt and the BSIC the BSIC is a cell colour code to the MS in order to monitor those channels belonging to the neighbour cells instead of the ones that come through the air interface in the serving cell information broadcast channel It is possible to update that information with up to 16 neighbour cells If less than 16 lt ch gt s are provided then the assigned 180 14 NETWORK channels shall substitute the last previous channel given either by the BCCH or by another AT E2NBTS command if it is not in the list yet Therefore lt ch1 gt lt bsic1 gt will substitute BTS 16
119. 6 1 3 8 Extended I O Interface The control terminal contains several general purpose configurable input and output signals Signals may be reconfigured by AT command or by intrinsic function when using embedded applications e 1 analogue input e 3 digital inputs e 5 digital outputs e 4 8V DC output In addition 6 of the control signals on the primary RS232 interface can be reconfigured for use as digital inputs or outputs if required The drivers controlling certain outputs have been designed to carry higher currents than normal logic IOs They can be used to activate or power external devices for example a switch or a relay A 4 8V output is available if required to power external devices LZT 123 7607 R1B 1 INTRODUCTION 1 3 9 Interfacing with the GT47 The GT47 uses the following industry standard connectors e 15 pin high density socket RS232 serial port and extended I O interface e RJ12 plug in power supply and extended I O connector e RJ9 handset audio connector e Integral SIM card reader e FME male antenna connector 1 4 Service and Support 1 5 Precautions To contact customer support please use the details below Customer Support Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Maplewood Building Chineham Business Park Basingstoke RG24 8YB E mail modules support sonyericsson com or modules info sonyericsson com Information about Sony Ericsson and its products is available on the
120. 7 04 Digital Output 4 Supported Operations 0 1 7 AD1 Analogue Digital Output 1 Supported Operations 0 7 AD2 Analogue Digital Output 2 Supported Operations 0 7 AD3 Analogue Digital Output 3 Supported Operations 0 7 AD4 Analogue Digital Output 4 Supported Operations 0 6 7 AD5 Analogue Digital Output 5 Supported Operations 0 6 7 DA1 Digital Analogue Input Supported Operations 0 1 7 lt val gt Description Read Write Configure Trigger 0 The logic value is I O signal is INPUT I O signal is NOT set FALSE to trigger 1 Logic value is TRUE I O signal is OUTPUT I O signal is set to trigger lt adc_val gt Description 0 255 The decimal value shall represent the analogue voltage it is hold on the I O Applicable only to A D or D A signals Unsolicited Result Codes E2 10 lt source gt lt io gt lt val gt 137 LZT 123 8023 R1A 12 INPUT OUTPUT Scenario Cases Reading an I O AT Command Response Comment AT E210 0 11 AT E210 0 AD1 E210 0 11 1 OK E210 0 AD1 87 OK The TE is requesting for the logic value of l1 Digital Input 1 The MS responds I1 has a TRUE logic value The TE is requesting for the reading of AD1 value Analogue Input 1 The MS responds AD1 has a decimal value of 87 In volts 2 75 0 9 256 87 0 841 V Writing in an Output AT Command Response Comment AT E210 1 01 1 AT E210 1 13 0 AT E210 1
121. 7 Valid characters for origination 89 H Ww The W modifier is ignored but is included only for compatibility purposes The comma modifier is ignored but is included only for compatibility purposes T The T modifier is ignored but is included only for compatibility purposes P The P modifier is ignored but is included only for compatibility purposes lt Final Result Code gt Description CONNECT If connection is successfully established only valid for data connections CONNECT If connection is successfully established only valid for data lt text gt connections NO CARRIER Unable to establish a connection or the connection attempt was aborted by the user ERROR An unexpected error occurred while trying to establish the connection NO DIALTONE The ME is being used for a voice call or is not within coverage of the network BUSY The ME number called is engaged valid for data and voice connections OK Only valid for voice connections lt text gt Description 19200 Connected with data bit rate of 19200 bits s HSCSD 9600 Connected with data bit rate of 9600 bits s 4800 Connected with data bit rate of 4800 bits s 22 2 CALL CONTROL 2400 Connected with data bit rate of 2400 bits s Example ATD0O7747008670 OK 2 4 ATH Hang up Description Command Possible Responses Terminate the call ATH ERROR OK Description Note Note Signals the MS to terminate an active call
122. 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS lt exitcause gt Description 1 Unassigned unallocated number 3 No route to destination 6 Channel unacceptable 8 Operator determined barring 16 Normal call clearing 17 User busy 18 No user responding 19 User alerting no answer 21 Call rejected 22 Number changed 25 Pre emption 26 Non selected user clearing 27 Destination out of order 28 Invalid number format incomplete number 29 Facility rejected 30 Response to STATUS ENQUIRY 31 Normal unspecified 34 No circuit channel available 38 Network out of order 41 Temporary failure 42 Switching equipment congestion 43 Access information discarded 44 requested circuit channel not available 47 Resources unavailable unspecified 49 Quality of service unavailable 50 Requested facility not subscribed 55 Incoming calls barred within the CUG 57 Bearer capability not authorized 58 Bearer capability not presently available 63 Service or option not available unspecified 65 Bearer service not implemented 68 ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax 69 Requested Facility not yet implemented 70 Only Restricted Digital information bearer capability is 41 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 79 81 87 88 91 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 111 127 150 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 226 227 228 229 230 available Service or option
123. A A EE 1S AAE EENET AE E EEA AE AEN E E AANEEN E DAT 29 5 1 Implementation csvsnipiscinisea ii n a n a ini 29 G Operations aeea ie eei eats deaan atea Tea an eassa 30 GA Switching the GTA Onecare eiiiai a ER aea EA A 30 6 2 Switching the GT47 Off esssesssereseesseesseeessrrosseossressersserosnreosntorstessrossereesrees 30 6 3 Operating States LED nirien ate a a 30 GA Power Save fj r a a a ea cette teks 31 65 lt Gontroller Moder sunno e a a ETN a ke A OE 31 Fie Wechnieall DAS 7 BEETA AEE A EEE PEA E EE A I EAR A ES 32 8c AT C mmand Summat sse o e a e a e Eae E 36 9 Abbreviations and Definitions cccccccscccsscccsssccssccccsscecsecccescccscscesscccesceesssceees 42 3 LZT 123 7607 R1B 1 INTRO DUCTION 1 Introduction 1 1 Description Note 1 2 Highlights The GT47 GT48 is an intelligent GSM GPRS control terminal that encapsulates everything you need for wireless M2M capability in one compact unit In conjunction with Sony Ericsson s M2mpower package the GT47 48 can host and control your wireless application minimising the need for extra components Alternatively it can be used as a powerful standalone GPRS modem with its intrinsic TCP IP stack The GT47 48 is a self contained terminal with its own SIM card reader and standard connector interface minimising the need for further hardware development Its wide and useful range of IOs can be reconfigured to add functions and features that make your
124. ATE lt value gt OK ATE lt value gt ERROR Show the current setting ATE lt value gt Show if the command is ATE E list of supported supported lt value gt s Description The setting of this parameter determines whether or not the DCE echoes characters received from the DTE during command state and online command state lt value gt Description 0 DCE does not echo characters during command state and online command state 1 DCE echoes characters during command state and online command state Default value 13 7 ATV DCE Response Format Description Command Possible Responses Set DCE response ATV lt value gt OK format ERROR Show the current setting ATV V lt value gt Show if the command is ATV V list of supported supported lt value gt s Description Select either descriptive or numeric response codes The ATV command sets the verbose numeric response codes and strips off the lt S3 gt lt S4 gt additions to the command response lt value gt Description 0 Display numeric result codes 1 Display verbose result codes Default value 146 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE 13 8 ATZ Reset to Default Configuration LZT 123 8023 R1A List of result codes ATV1I ATV 1 ATVO ATV 0 Description OK 0 Acknowledges execution of a command CONNECT 1 A connection has been established the DCE is moving from command state to online data state RING 2 The DCE has detecte
125. ATIONS AND DEFINITIO NS 9 Abbreviations and Definitions Abbreviation Explanations CBM Cell Broadcast Message CBS Cell Broadcast Service CSD Circuit Switched Data DCE Data Circuit Terminating Equipment DTE Data Terminal Equipment DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency EFR Enhanced Full Rate EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility ETSI European Telecommunication Standards Institute FR Full Rate GPRS General Packet Radio Service GSM Global System for Mobile Communication High Side Pin is driven high to Vin in the active sate Switch HR Half Rate HSC SD High Speed Circuit Switched Data MU T Intemational Telecommunication Union Telecommunications Sta nda rdisation Sector Low Side Pin is driven low in the active state High state requires external pull up Switch ME Mobile Equipment MO Mobile Originated MS Mobile Station MT Mobile Terminated PDU Protocol Data Unit RLP Radio Link Protocol RF Radio Frequency RIC Real Time Clock SIM Subscriber Identity Module SMS Short Message Service 42 LZT 123 7607 R1B 9 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS Abbreviation USSD Explanations Terminal Adapter Terminal Equipment Telecommunic ation Services Unstructured Supplementary Service Data LZT 123 7607 R1B 43 GT47 GT48 AT Commands Manual me 2 Sony Ericsson The information contained in this document is the proprietary information of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International The cont
126. CK list of supported is supported lt fac gt s CME ERROR lt err gt lt OK Description The command is used to lock unlock or interrogate an ME or a network facility lt fac gt A password is normally needed to carry out such actions Call barring facilities are based on GSM supplementary services refer to GSM 02 88 The interaction of these with 170 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK other commands based on other GSM supplementary services is described in the GSM standard lt fac gt Description PS PH SIM lock PHone to SIM card ME asks password when other than current SIM card inserted SC SIM lock SIM card SIM asks password in ME power up and when this lock command issued P2 SIM PIN2 AO BAOC bar all outgoing calls Ol BOIC bar outgoing international calls Al BAIC bar all incoming calls IR BIC Roam bar incoming calls when roaming outside the home country Ox BOIC exHC bar outgoing international calls except to home country AB All barring services AG All out going barring services AC All in coming barring services FD SIM fixed dialling feature SIM2 is required as a password PN Network personalization PU Network subset personalization PP Service provider personalization PC Corporate personalization lt mode gt Description 0 Unlock 1 Lock 2 Query status
127. E and send a USSD request CUSD 1 id code OK Further user action required give id code AT CUSD 1 7465338 Id code given CUSD 0 OK No further user action required Example 2 AT Command Result Code Description CUSD 0 Expensive Incoming USSD notify telling the incoming call user that the incoming call is expensive Example 3 AT Command Result Code Description AT CUSD 1 55 0700 Enable the Result Code presentation in the TAE and send a USSD request asking for an alarm at the time 07 00 At 07 00 the network sends an alarm to the user CUSD 0 ALARM LZT 123 8023 R1A 273 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Example 4 AT Command Result Code Description AT CUSD 1 100 CUSD 0 07787154042 Enable the Result Code presentation in the TAE and send a USSD request asking for the SIM s phone number Network replies with the phone number 274 20 Embedded Application 20 1 AT E2APC LZT 123 8023 R1A Application Program Control Description Command Possible Responses Set application Program AT E2APC lt cmd gt lt sto ERROR Control pType gt lt StartType gt lt OK lt Ctrl Byte gt Displays current settings AT E2APC E2APC lt active gt lt RunOnStart Up gt lt halted gt lt Ctrl Byte gt OK Shows if the command is AT E2APC E2APC list of supported supported lt cmd gt s list of supporte
128. E2APC Make Script Active lt cmd gt 3 With this command the script defined is made active If there is another script that is currently active and running the command will fail If it is not running then the active script will be made inactive and the new script will be made active If the script number provided is outside the valid script number range then no scripts are made active effective deactivation When one script is running it is possible to make the other script active This means that the next time the application is started the other script will be run This allows the possibility of hot swapping scripts If one script is running and the other is made active then the read function returns that there is no space for more scripts as neither an active or a running script can be overwritten until deactiveted deleted or stops running Abortability This command may not be aborted 279 LZT 123 8023 R1A 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION Defined values Table 7 lt cmd gt parameter lt cmd gt Description 0 Download Script to module 1 Upload Script from module 2 Delete Script 3 Make Script Active Table 8 lt ScriptNum gt parameter lt ScriptNum gt Description 0 1 255 Integer giving script number cmd is to operate on With activate command script numbers gt 0 1 will make no scripts active 255 indicates no script active Table 9 lt length gt parameter
129. EARS Ericsson Audio Ring Signal Description Command Possible Responses Request analogue ring AT EARS lt mode gt OK signal in the loudspeaker ERROR Show the current setting AT EARS EARS lt mode gt Show if the command is AT EARS EARS list of supported supported lt mode gt s Description Included for compatibility No functionality 73 LZT 123 8023 R1A 4 6 AT E2PHFB 4 AUDIO lt mode gt Description 0 Disable analogue ring signal 1 Enable analogue ring signal Portable Handsfree Button Sense Enable Description Command Possible Responses Set PHF functionality Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT E2PHFB lt op gt AT E2PHFB AT E2PHFB ERROR OK E2PHEB lt op gt E2PHEB list of supported lt op gt s ERROR Description This command allows the user to set the functionality for a PHF portable handsfree button as used on simple handsfree equipment When set to ON the MS will detect the short circuit of the ATMS and AFMS lines and interpret this as a PHF button press This has the effect of answering hanging up a call without recourse to AT commands Note lt op gt Description 0 Disable PHF button Default value 1 Enable PHF button 4 7 AT ELAM Ericsson Local Audio Mode LZT 123 8023 R1A At present this functionality does not work in the software Description Command Possible Res
130. ESLN list of supported lt line gt s lt Iname gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Sets the name tag for a selected line lt line gt Description 0 This means that the two lines will use the default name tags i e L1 and L2 Default value 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 lt name gt Description String Characters for name tag This parameter is optional when lt line gt is set to 0 lt name gt Description Integer Maximum number of characters to use in lt name gt string 20 LZT 123 8023 R1A 169 14 10 14 11 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK AT CIMI Subscriber Identification Description Command Possible Responses Read IMSI AT CIMI lt IMSI gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CIMI OK supported ERROR Causes the TA to return lt IMSI gt identifying the individual SIM attached to the ME lt MSI gt Description string without International Mobile Subscriber Identity double quotes Example AT CIMI 234157411545420 OK AT CLCK Facility Lock Description Command Possible Responses Request facility lock AT CLCK lt fac gt when lt mode gt 2 and lt mode gt lt passwd gt command successful lt class gt CLCK lt status gt lt class1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CLCK lt status gt lt class2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command AT CLCK CL
131. FE2STKTO AT EALR ATFEALS ATEAMS AT EARS ATECAM AT EC PI AT EC SP AT EDIF ATEDST AT EENM EA AT EGIR AT EIPS AT ELAM AT ELIN AT EMAR AT EM IC AT EMIR AT EPEE Description Ring Indicator for SMS Serial Peripheral Interface M2M Service Provider Indication M2M Supplementary Service Dispatch M2M Supplementary Service Indications Ericsson M2M SIM Serial Number M2M SIK Set Up Call M2M SIK Display Text M2M SIK Get Inkey M2M SIK Get Input M2M SIK Select Item M2M STK Set Up Menu M2M STK Envelope Menu Selection SIM Application Toolkit Settings SIM Application Toolkit Settings Ericsson Audio Line Request Ericsson Request ALS Status Ericsson Audio Mode Selection Ericsson Audio Ring Signal Ericsson Call Monitoring Ciphering Indicator Ericsson Customer Service Profile Ericsson Divert Function Ericsson Daylight Saving Time NMEA GPS Mode on UART2 Ericsson Group Item Read Identity Presentation Set Ericsson Local Audio Mode Ericsson Line Set Ericsson Master Reset Ericsson Microphone Mode Ericsson Music Mute Indication Request Eric sson Pin Event LZT 123 7607 R1B 37 8 ATCOMMAND SUMMARY AT Command ATFEPNR ATYEPNW AT ESAG AT ESC G AT ESC N AT ESDG AT ESDI ATKESG R ATESIL AT ESLN ATtESMA AT ESM M AT ESNU AT CACM AT CALA AT C ALD AT C AMM AT C AOC AT C BST AT C CFC AT C CLK AT C CWA AT C EER AT C FUN AT C GACT AT C GATT AT CGDATA AT C GDCONT AT C GEREP AT C GMI AT CGMM
132. Find Description Command Possible Responses Show the current CPBF lt findtext gt CPBF setting lt index1 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt t ext gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CBPF lt index2 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt t ext gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the CPBF CPBF lt nlength gt lt tlength gt command is CME ERROR lt err gt supported OK ERROR Description Returns phonebook entries whose alphanumeric field starts with lt findtext gt Only currently selected source will be searched for lt findtext gt Description string type Field of maximum length lt tlength gt character set as specified by the select TE character set command CSCS AT CPBR Phonebook Read Description Command Possible Responses Read CPBR lt index1 gt CPBR lt index1 gt lt number gt phonebook lt index2 gt lt type gt lt text gt lt text_date gt entries lt text_time gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CPBR lt index2 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt lt text_date gt lt text_time gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the CPBR CPBR list of supported command is lt index gt s lt nlength gt lt tlength gt supported CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Returns phonebook entries in location number range lt index1 gt lt index2 gt from the current phonebook memory storage selected with CPBS I
133. G 147 G 148 Technical Descnption The information contained in this document is the proprietary information of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International The contents are confidential and any disclosure to persons other than the officers employees agents or subcontractors of the owner or licensee of this document without the prior written consent of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International is strictly prohibited Further no portion of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording without the prior written consent of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International the copyright holder First edition June 2003 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International publishes this manual without making any warranty as to the content contained herein Further Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International reserves the right to make modifications additions and deletions to this manual due to typographical errors inaccurate information or improvements to programs and or equipment at any time and without notice Such changes will nevertheless be incorporated into new editions of this manual All rights reserved Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International 2003 Publication number LZT 123 7607 R1B Printed in UK Contents Dex SUMEROAUCH ON sion DAAN IRES SOOPAA Bote isos TES ck
134. Identification Description Command Possible Responses Request MS revision AT CGMR lt revision gt identification string CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command is AT CGMR OK supported ERROR This command causes the MS to return a string containing information about the software version 127 LZT 123 8023 R1A 11 IDENTIFICATION lt revision gt Description String type An ASCII string containing date year month day hour minute plus KRC number Example R5B009 CXC 1122528 Note The GT47 GT48 have a standard GR47 GR48 in them and this reflected is in the software version number 11 8 AT CGSN Read MS Product Serial Number Identification Description Command Possible Responses Request product serial AT CGSN lt sn gt number CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command is AT CGSN OK supported ERROR Description This command causes the MS to return the IMEI International Mobile station Equipment Identity which identifies the individual ME lt sn gt Description String The IMEISV which is the IMEI International Mobile station Equipment Identity refer GSM 03 03 number of the ME and the software version number Text shall not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt or OK lt CR gt 11 9 AT GMI Read Manufacturer Identification Description Command Possible Responses Request manufacturer AT GMI lt manufacturer gt identification Show if the comma
135. K E2EMM lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt L lt rxlFull gt lt rxlSub gt lt rxqfull gt lt rxqsub gt lt ta gt lt tn gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt OK 158 14 NETWORK LZT 123 8023 R1A Reduced display mode info as display E2EMM lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt lt rxlFull gt lt rxlSub gt lt rxqfull gt lt rxqsub gt mode but lt ta gt lt tn gt without text lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt headings or lt c1 gt lt c2 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt separators lt c1 gt lt c2 gt neighbour cells Js from top list lt mcc gt lt mnc gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt bsic gt lt ch gt lt rxl gt lt c1 gt lt c2 gt OK Show the AT E2EMM E2EMM lt n gt current setting ERROR Show if the AT E2EMM E2EMM list of supported lt n gt s list of command is supported lt m gt s supported ERROR Descr
136. MM 7 E2EMM lt servcell mcc gt lt servcell mnc gt lt servcell lac gt lt servcell ci gt lt servcell bsic gt lt servcell ch gt lt servcell rxl gt lt servcell c1 gt lt servcell c2 gt lt servcell rxlFull gt lt servcell rxlSub gt lt servcell rxqfull gt lt servcell rxqsub gt lt servcell ta gt lt servcell tn gt lt neighborcell1 mcc gt lt neighborcell1 mnc gt lt neighborcell1 lac gt lt neighborcell1 ci gt lt neighborcell1 bsic gt lt neighborcell1 ch gt lt neighborcell1 rxl gt lt neighborcell1 c1 gt lt neighborcell1 c2 gt lt neighborcell2 mcc gt lt neighborcell2 mnc gt lt neighborcell2 lac gt lt neighborcell2 ci gt lt neighborcell2 bsic gt lt neighborcell2 ch gt lt neighborcell2 rx gt lt neighborcell2 c1 gt lt neighborcell2c2 gt lt neighborcelln mcc gt lt neighborcelln mnc gt lt neighborcelln lac gt lt neighborcelln ci gt lt neighborcelln bsic gt lt neighborcellin ch gt 160 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK lt neighborcelln rxl gt lt neighborcelln c1 gt lt neighborcelln c2 gt OK The mode setting lt n gt in the set command has the combination listed in the table below When lt n gt 5 the shot information is the same as in lt n gt 1 but neighbouring cells which have to be up to 16 This is the information that comes from the Serving Cell through the BCCH reporting the BTS that are on the Serving Cell s surroundings
137. MSC address octets are not counted in the length 218 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT lt data gt The entered text should be formatted as follows if lt dcs gt set with CSMP indicates that GSM 03 38 default alphabet is used and lt fo gt indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is not set if TE character set other than HEX refer command Select TE Character Set CSCS in TS 07 07 ME TA converts the entered text into GSM alphabet according to rules of Annex A backspace can be used to delete last character and carriage returns can be used previously mentioned four character sequence shall be sent to the TE after every carriage return entered by the user if TE character set is HEX the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts to 7 bit characters of GSM alphabet e g 17 IRA 49 and 55 will be converted to character II GSM 23 if lt dcs gt indicates that 8 bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or lt fo gt indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is set the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts into 8 bit octet e g two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 will be converted to an octet with integer value 42 sending can be cancelled by giving lt ESC gt character IRA 27 lt ctrl Z gt IRA 26 must be used to indicate the ending of the message body
138. N e E2SPN lt spi gt indication CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command is AT E2SPN OK supported ERROR Description Causes the MS to return the service provider name stored in the SIM card lt spi gt parameter The text will consist of a maximum of 16 bytes containing the service provider name stored in the EF spn file in the SIM card see GSM 11 11 ERROR is returned if the field is not present on the SIM lt spi gt Description String String type field of maximum length 16 bytes character set as specified by command Select TE character set CSCS 14 4 AT EALS Ericsson Request ALS Status Description Command Possible Responses Requests current status AT EALS EALS lt status gt for ALS CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT EALS CME ERROR lt err gt supported OK ERROR Description Used to request the MS to give ALS Alternate Line Services status The information is available on the SIM card If ALS is active the user has two lines for voice calls The line number or name tag for the line is then indicated on the display lt status gt Description 0 ALS function is not active off 1 ALS function is active on 164 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK 14 5 AT ECSP Ericsson Customer Service Profile Description Command Possible Responses Read the customer AT ECSP lt service ECSP lt service service profile from the grou
139. OK response is returned If the requested state cannot be achieved an ERROR or CME ERROR response is returned Extended error responses enabled by the CMEE command are listed under tCME ERROR Mobile Equipment Error Code page 13 Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes to detached This command has the characteristics of both the V 250 action and parameter commands Hence it has the read form in addition to the execution set and test forms The unit software is automatically hard coded to attach to a GPRS network therefore entering this command as part of the initialization sequence is not required lt state gt Description 0 Detached 1 Attached 86 6 DATA GPRS 6 3 AT CGDATA Enter Data State 6 4 AT CGDCONT LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Establish GPRS packet domain connection cid gt CGDATA lt L2p gt cidf CONNECT ERROR OK ERROR Show if the command is CGDATA CGDATA list of supported supported lt L2P gt s OK ERROR Description Causes the MS to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the network using one or more GPRS packet domain PDP types This may include performing a GPRS packet domain attach and one or more PDP context activations lt L2P gt Description PPP Point to point protocol for a
140. OR Description This command is used to read the SIM preferred list of networks EFprmnseL lt index1 gt Description integer Start index gt 0 lt index2 gt Description integer Stop index gt 0 lt format gt Description 2 Numeric lt oper gt lt oper gt Description string String indicates the code for the operator E g GSM Sweden Europolitan 24008 3 2 PCS 3 digits for country and 3 digits for network Example AT EPNR 2 1 10 EPNR 1 24008 EPNR 2 20404 EPNR 3 20810 EPNR 4 20205 EPNR 5 65501 EPNR 6 26203 EPNR 7 50503 EPNR 8 27201 166 14 NETWORK EPNR 9 64101 EPNR 10 27801 OK 14 7 AT EPNW Ericsson Write SIM Preferred Network Description Command Possible Responses Write delete entries in AT EPNW2 lt index gt CME ERROR lt err gt SIM preferred list lt format gt lt oper gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT EPNW EPNW list of supported supported lt index gt s list of supported lt format gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command is used to edit the SIM preferred list of networks EFpiunset The entry field lt oper gt contains mobile country code MCC and mobile network code MNC lt index gt Description Integer Index to entry in SIM preferred list The SIM preferred list contains at least 8 positions according to GSM 11 11
141. SMS DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes CMT lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt Class 3 SMS DELIVER is not stored in ME TA Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in lt mt gt 1 lt bm gt Description 0 Store message to BM or some manufacturer specific memory No CBM indications are routed to the TE 2 New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited 212 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT result code CBM lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt PDU mode enabled New CBMs are not stored in CBM memory lt ds gt Description No SMS STATUS REPORTs are routed to the TE SMS STATUS REPORT is stored in ME TA SMS STATUS REPORTSs are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code CDS lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt PDU mode enabled SMS STATUS REPORT is not stored in ME TA SMS STATUS REPORTSs are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code CDSI lt mem gt lt index gt PDU mode enabled SMS STATUS REPORT is stored in ME TA lt bfr gt Description TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when lt mode gt 1 3 is entered OK response shall be given before flushing the codes Unsolicited Result codes CMT lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt CMTI lt mem gt lt index gt
142. STKI The external application sends AT E2STKI with the user response AT E2STKI allows the external application to send the appropriate answer after receiving the unsolicited result code and before the timeout expires If Answer command is sent once the timeout expires an ERROR response is generated If lt answer gt parameter is not 0 a failure has occurred and no more parameters are sent If the extra parameters are sent the ME indicates ERROR Test command returns the list of supported values and lt prompt_text_length gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt answer gt Description 0 OK Performed as required the text was displayed It corresponds to 00 command performed successfully described in the GSM standard 1 Failed User terminated session the text was displayed as requested and the user wants to end the proactive session It corresponds to 10 proactive session terminated by the user described in the GSM standard 2 Failed User requests backward move the text was displayed as requested and the user wants to go backwards in the session It corresponds to 11 backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by the user 3 Failed No response from user the text was displayed and the user did not react It corresponds to 12 No response from user 4 Failed Screen is busy the text could not be displayed lt response_type gt Description 0 Response type
143. Subscription Option gt Description 1 OVERRIDE_CATEGORY 2 CLILRESTRICTION_OPTION 5 RESTRICTION _PER_CALL Example AT E2SSI 1 Orange OK AT E2SSD 30 OK E2SSI 0 14 17 4 AT E2SSD 31 OK E2SSI 0 14 18 5 2 AT E2SSI 1 Vodafone T Mobile O2 OK AT E2SSD 30 OK E2SSI 0 14 17 5 AT E2SSD 31 OK E2SSI 0 14 18 5 2 260 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 19 8 AT CCFC Call Forwarding number and Conditions LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request Calling AT CCFC lt reason gt CME ERROR lt err gt forwarding lt mode gt lt number gt when lt mode gt 2 and command number and lt type gt lt class gt pacer conditions lt satype gt lt status gt lt class1 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt satype gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CCFC lt status gt lt class2 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt satype gt ERROR Show if the AT CCFC e CCFC list of supported command is TE eR dade err supported ok ERROR Description This command allows control of the call forwarding supplementary service Registration erasure activation deactivation and status query are supported When querying the status of a network service lt mode gt 2 the response line for not active case lt status gt 0 should be returned only if service is not active for any lt class gt lt re
144. T E2SPI E2SPI lt active gt setting lt byteformat gt OK Shows if the AT E2SPI E2SPI list of supported command is lt op gt s list of supported supported lt byteformat gt s list of supported lt InitSync gt s ERROR Description This command allows the user to send data via an SPI bus The SPI bus is made up from the IO pins 101 Clock 102 Data In 1O3 Data Out and O2 RI Sync optional The bus works with the GT47 being the SPI master The clock is generated by the GT47 and on each clock cycle data is both transmitted on the Data Out pin and received on the Data in pin The Sync pin optional can be used as a chipselect pin for latching the data after a number of bytes have been sent The 153 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note 13 INTERFACE initial state of the Sync pin can be set so it is toggled from that state Once the SPI bus is enabled the lOs that are used can not be used for any other purpose until the SPI is disabled This means the AT E2IO command cannot modify these pins and if the Sync pin is activated RI will not be output Three operations can be made on the SPI bus SPI Enable lt op gt 255 This command is entered to set up the SPI bus and to enable the relevant signals The byte format is defined here the number of bytes output between toggling the Sync pin high and low The Initial state of the Sync pin is also defined If the byte format is set to zero 0 then the Sync
145. T GPRS Attach or Detach 000 ceeceseseeeeesesnssssnseeeeeeeeees 86 AT CGDATA Enter Data State ws cc cccccccescaiscaatietecsnisvdicocdncansencncvatencacenesdads 87 AT CGDCONT Define PDP Conte xt cccccccccssssteeeeeeeeeesseeaeeeeeeseees 87 AT CGEREP GPRS Event Reporting ccccceessecsceeeeeeeeesseeeseeneeees 88 AT CGPADDR Show PDP AddIeSS scccecceeeessseeeeeeeesecseeeeeeeeeeeee 89 AT CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable 90 AT CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested 92 AT CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status eect 95 AT CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages cceeeeeeeeeeees 96 AT E2GDV GPRS Data VOIUMGC 0 ccccccccccicccceceddssendeccecendencesdeseeedeeendeds 97 STS Ps pi ener barge atte a e etc tends aea e ad nE 99 AT E2IPA M2M IP ACUv Ate vuccace deelssccecslasscksscn3 lt atepebeeeeote schon eee 99 AT E2IPO M2M IP COnnect Open c cccssssssssssssssssssseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 101 AT E2IPC M2M IP Close Connection cssssssssssssceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 103 v9 fd a M74 PN O a ec ane ee een Re meer ee 104 AT E2IPRH M2M IP Resolve Host ccessssccceeeeeeesssssteeeeeessessnaeeeeeees 105 Al E2ZIPE M2M IP bast Brot tcc thti anda noe 106 AT E2IPS M2M IP Setup IP Parameters 107 AT E2 IPL IP listen server ii oi lt cisecieetscicendavensiacideelahinviad tideelsiesleeenetiness 109 AT ENAD Ericsson Int
146. This does not work for incoming calls to hang these up the AT CHUP command should be used If hanging up a call while a GPRS session is active the multiparty command should be used AT CHLD If it is not then the module software will internally hang all calls up and the application not be able to return to the session 2 5 ATL Monitor Speaker Loudness LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request monitor speaker ATL lt value gt OK loudness ERROR Show the current setting ATL L lt value gt Show if the command is ATL L list of supported supported lt values gt s Description Included for compatibility It is recommended to use the AT E2EAMS command which provides comprehensive control of all the audio settings The settings from AT E2EAMS can be saved using AT E2APR but those from ATL cannot be saved ATL can be used to modify the volume during a call but any changes are lost at the end of the call lt value gt Description 0 14 dB minimum speaker volume 1 10 5 dB 23 2 CALL CONTROL 2 7 dB 3 3 5 dB 4 0 dB nominal speaker volume 5 3 5 dB 6 7 dB 7 10 5 dB 8 14 dB maximum speaker volume 2 6 ATO Return to Online Data Mode Description Command Possible Responses Return to on line data ATO s lt value gt e CONNECT mode CONNECT lt text gt NO CARRIER ERROR Description Switch to the on line data mode from the on line command mod
147. Two digits in decimal format The Mobile Network Code identifies the PLMN operator in the serving cell 161 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK lt lac gt Description Integer type Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format lt ci gt Description Integer type Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format lt bsic gt Description Integer type One byte Base Stations Identification code in hexadecimal format lt ch gt Description 0 1023 It represents the ARFCN that shows the Absolute RF Channel which identifies the BCCH carrier lt rxl gt Description Integer type Received Signal Strength level in dBm measured on idle mode lt rxlfull gt Description Integer type Received Signal Strength level in dBm The Rx Level is taken in the Downlink and statistically is applied to 100 TDMA frames of the TCH or during a SACCH multiframe lt rxlsub gt Description Integer type Received Signal Strength level in dBm The Rx Level is taken from the DownLink signal and the average is applied to subset of SACCH frames lt rxqfull gt Description 0 BER lt 0 1 1 0 26 lt BER lt 0 30 2 0 51 lt BER lt 0 64 3 1 0 lt BER lt 1 3 4 1 9 lt BER lt 2 7 5 3 8 lt BER lt 5 4 6 7 6 lt BER lt 11 0 7 BER gt 15 0 162 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK lt mcc gt Description Integer type Three digits in deci
148. UBSCRIBER_BUSY 42 CALL_FORWARDING_ON_NO_REPLY 43 CA FORWARDINE ON SUBSCRIBER NO T REACHABL 49 EXPLICIT_CALL_TRANSFER 64 ALL_CALL_COMPLETION_SERVICES 65 CALL_WAITING 66 CALL_HOLD 67 COMPLETION_OF_CALL_TO_BUSY_SUBSCRIBER 81 112 MULTI_PARTY ALL_CHARGING_SS 257 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 113 ADVICE_OF_CHARGE_INFORMATION 114 ADVICE_OF_CHARGE_CHARGING 144 ALL_BARRING_SERVICES 145 BARRING OF OUTGOING CALLS 146 BARRING_OF_ALL_OUTGOING_CALLS 147 BARRING_OF_ALL_OUTGOING_INTERNATIONAL_CALLS 148 BARRING OF ALL_OG_INTERNATIONAL_NON_HPLMN_ DIRECTED_CALLS 153 BARRING OF_INCOMING_CALLS 154 BARRING_OF_ALL_INCOMING_ CALLS 155 BARRING_OF_ALL_IC_CALLS_WHEN_OUTSIDE_HPLMN lt BasicServChoice gt Description 2 BEARER_SERVICE 3 TELE_SERVICE lt BasicServValue gt Description lt TELE_SERVICE gt lt BEARER_SERVICE gt 0 TS_ALL_TELE_SERVICES 16 TS_SPEECH 17 TS_TELEPHONY 18 TS_EMERGENCY_CALLS 20 21 22 24 25 26 28 29 30 32 TS_ALL_SHORT_MESSAGE_SER VICES 33 TS_SHORT_MESSAGE_MT_PP LZT 123 8023 R1A BS_ALL_BEARER_SERVICES BS_ALL_DATA_CDA_SERVICES BS_DATA_CDA_300BPS BS_DATA_CDA_1200BPS BS_DATA_CDA_2400BPS BS_DATA_CDA_4800BPS BS_DATA_CDA_9600BPS BS_ALL_DATA_CDS_SERVICES BS_DATA_CDS_300BPS BS_DATA_CDS_1200BPS BS_DATA_CDS_2400BPS BS_DATA_CDS_4800BPS BS_DATA_CDS_9600BPS BS_ALL_PAD_ACCESS_CA_ SERVICES BS _PAD_ACCESS_CA _300BPS 258 34 35 36 37 38
149. USSD request asking for a reply should sent to the external application as an unsolicited result code CUSD if the external application has enabled result code e If the external application answers to the request with the command AT CUSD then the ME sends the answer to the network e AUSSD request sent with the command AT CUSD from the external application The different alternatives are shown below Network Mobile Equipment External application 1 Signal Sends unsolicited Result code presentation result code CUSD enabled presented 2 Signal asking Sends unsolicited Result code presentation for reply result code CUSD enabled presented 3 Answer AT CUSD 3b Sends AT CUSD lt n gt Description 272 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 0 Disable result code presentation in the TA 1 Enable result code presentation in the TA 2 Terminate abort USSD dialogue This value is not applicable to the read command response lt str gt Description string String type USSD when lt str gt parameter is not given network is not interrogated If lt dcs gt indicates that GSM 03 38 default alphabet is used if TE character set other than HEX refer command Select TE Character Set CSCS ME TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of GSM 07 05 Annex A Example 1 AT Command Result Code Description AT CUSD 1 34 Enable the Result Code presentation in the TA
150. VICES 0 Not active 1 Active 19 9 AT CCWA Call Waiting Description Command Possible Responses Request call AT CCWA lt n gt when lt mode gt 2 and command waiting lt mode gt successful lt class gt CCWA lt status gt lt class1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CCWA lt status gt lt class2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show the current AT CCWA CCWA lt n gt setting CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CCWA e CCWA list of supported lt n gt s command is CME ERROR lt err gt supported OK ERROR Description This command allows control of the call waiting supplementary service according to 3GPP TS 22 083 Activation deactivation and status query are supported When querying the status of a network service lt mode gt 2 the response line for not active case lt status gt 0 should be returned only if service is not active for any lt class gt Parameter lt n gt is used to disable or enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code CCWA lt number gt lt type gt lt class gt lt alpha gt lt CLI validity gt to the TE when call waiting service is enabled The command is abortable when the network is interrogated The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM UMTS supplementary services is described in the GSM UMTS standards Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value lt n
151. a null data object the ME shall give FF to indicate Sending SMS so that the external application is informed The maximum length is fixed AT E2STKP STK Send SS Unsolicited Result Code E2STKP lt ton gt lt SS_string gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt alpha_id gt lt SS_return gt The ME passes the parameters within SEND SS command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKP This informs the external application that the ME has sent an SS string to the network and provides the current status after this operation lt ton gt Description integer type Field of 1 byte indicating the Type of Number coded as for EFanp See GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 for the allowed values lt SS_string gt Description String type SS string of format lt ton gt lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to O It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet lt text_length gt Description Integer type 0 240 Value indicating the maximum length of field lt alpha_id gt 248 18 11 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT
152. address it will be the one set by the CGDCONT command when the context was defined For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by lt cid gt lt PDP_address gt is omitted if none is available Acceptable LZT 123 8023 R1A Quality of Service Profile Minimum Description Command Possible Responses Set minimum acceptable profile Show the current setting Show if the command is supported CGQMIN lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt CGQMIN CGQMIN CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CGQMIN lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQMIN lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt OK ERROR CGQMIN lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQMIN lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s OK ERROR 90 LZT 12
153. age identifiers refer lt mid gt default is empty string e g 0 1 5 7 lt mid gt GSM 03 41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format Example AT CSCB CSCB 0 50 OK 233 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM Application Toolkit 18 1 AT E2STKS SIM Application Toolkit Settings LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible responses Set the presentation of the AT E2STKS lt on_off CME ERROR lt err gt unsolicited result codes gt OK corresponding to STK ERROR Show the current setting AT E2STKS E2STKS lt on_off gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT E2STKS E2STKD list of supported supported lt on_off gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Allows the external application to disable or enable the presentation of the unsolicited result codes corresponding to the STK commands Parameter lt on_off gt is used to disable or enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code E2STK Setting chosen is stored internally so that it is not necessary to change it each time the ME is switched on If the presentation of the unsolicited result codes is disabled the messages below are not sent to the application The unsolicited result codes shall be disabled by default lt on_off gt Description 0 Disable the presentation of the unsolicited result codes related to STK Default value 1 Enable the presentation of the unsolicited r
154. ages AT CNMI 3 0 2 0 0 AT CMGR Read Message PDU Mode Description Command Possible Responses Read message AT CMGR CMGR lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt index gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CMGR OK command is ERROR supported 215 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Description Note Note Returns message with location value lt index gt from preferred message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE Status of the message and entire message data unit lt pdu gt is returned If status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read If reading fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned lt stat gt Description 0 Received unread message i e new message 1 Received read message 2 Stored unsent message only applicable to SMs 3 Stored sent message only applicable to SMs lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory lt alpha gt Description String type Manufacturing specific Should be left empty but not omitted lt length gt Description Integer type Value indicating in PDU mode CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length lt pdu gt Descr
155. al phonebook lt name gt Description String The group name Character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set AT CSCS lt maxnamelength gt Description 184 integer 15 PHONEBOOK The maximum length of the grouping bytes 15 4 AT ESCN Ericsson Set Credit Card Number LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set up a credit AT ESCN lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt card number lt passwd gt lt indexn gt when mode 3 ESCN lt asn gt lt type gt lt name gt lt v lt indexn gt lt asn gt lt type gt Show if the command is supported lt name gt lt vercode gt lt send order gt When mode 4 ESCN lt selindexn gt OK ERROR ercode gt lt send order gt AT ESCN ESCN list of supported lt index gt s list of supported lt mode gt s list of supported lt send order gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Command is used to set up a credit card number in the ME disable credit card calls enable one of the credit card call services query the settings for one of the services query the active credit call access server lt mode gt Description 0 Settings for a credit card call lt passwd gt lt indexn gt lt asn gt lt type gt lt name gt lt vercode gt lt send order gt The four 4 parameters lt passwd gt lt indexn gt lt asn gt lt vercode gt
156. an IP level i e retrying etc Defined values Table 1 lt parameter gt parameter lt parameter gt Description 4 Factory command 5 IP logging 113 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP 6 Normal logging Table 2 lt status gt parameter lt status gt Description 0 Off On except when parameter 6 this value turns normal logging off Example AT E2FT 4 1 Turn the factory command on OK AT E2FT 5 1 Turn IP logging on OK AT E2FT 6 1 Turn normal logging off OK 114 LZT 123 8023 R1A 8 Data HSCSD 8 1 AT CHSC HSCSD LZT 123 8023 R1A Current Call Parameters Description Command Possible Responses Show the current AT CHSC CHSC lt rx gt lt tx gt lt aiur gt lt coding gt setting CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command AT CHSC CME ERROR lt err gt is supported OK ERROR Description Returns information about the current HSCSD call parameters i e the current number of receive and transmit timeslots air interface user rate and channel coding lt rx gt Description 0 No HSCSD call is active See also note below 1 The number of receive timeslots currently in use is 1 2 The number of receive timeslots currently in use is 2 lt tx gt Description 0 No HSCSD call is active See also note below 1 The number of transmit timeslots currently in use is 1 lt aiur gt Description 0 No HSCSD call is active
157. ananeociantenssagdeapibanniniubastubapdoetuaads 10 WT ON GIVIOW sci dcasuy daluleaicy tages dalvodeus nthe cantiecbentabedaeg athlataks sac e apia biseaniied aacetels 10 1 1 Syntax Description eect cece eeecceccee eee eeneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeas 11 1 1 1 CONVEMUONNS cence utes E E aie agtene eae avaneteracn bonis nateaencneate hate 11 1 1 1 AT Command Synta X iris aa 11 1 1 1 AT Response SyntaX onoeenneeeeeeereeenressertenntserrrtnrennnrrerrrnnnneeeee 13 VST Aao ole EE E E T AT 14 1 1 1 CME ERROR Mobile Equipment Error Code ccceee 14 1 1 1 CMS ERROR Message Service Failure Result Code 15 1 1 Examples on How to Use the AT Commands 0c0sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Ti SMS TERE IMO es 2 it Tala aN SS De eB ale Nek ae PA RN Bee 17 1 2 GPRS Communication sicechoraedhatete nies scnestaiiiad win clancaAnaiene ati nawiseawbacdenta 19 1 2 1 On board TCP IP Stack sccccss sceteisteassssiasars esaisassteeasaeaceersanedetecdeans 19 2 Call COMMER ON cise acide E ade wie dens na A E elas 20 220 ATCPIN PIN Conttolisn nica me st cel tei eit oee easy ee ena t ale 20 2 2 ATA Answer Incoming Call ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeecenaeeeeeettee 20 23 ATID FDA cteceer ett E Me at tei ee tate ehh Tat A 21 24 ATH Ha U a atone petal ese toed as a cee oes 23 2 5 ATL Monitor Speaker Loudness ccccccccccceeeeeeseseeseeeeeeeeeeesssssse
158. and CMGF commands have been carried out they will not need to be initialized for this session 2 These parameters are saved in NVRAM using the amp W command Notification of SMS New message indications are similar to the PDU mode as shown below LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 CALL CONTROL AT CNMI 3 1 OK CMTI SM 2 AT CNMI 3 2 OK CMT 447747008670 Matt L 02 11 19 09 58 42 00 145 36 0 0 447785016005 145 8 Test sms Reading messages Reading messages is performed as in PDU mode AT CMGR 2 CMGR REC UNREAD 447747008670 Matt L 02 11 19 09 57 28 00 145 36 0 0 447785016005 145 8 Test sms OK Listing messages In PDU mode numbers are used as parameters In text mode letters are used instead and these must be upper case as the module does not accept lower case commands See the example below Example AT CMGL ALL CMGL 1 REC READ 447747008670 Matt L 02 10 21 10 07 23 04 145 4 Test CMGL 2 REC READ 447747008670 Matt L 02 11 19 09 57 28 00 145 8 Test sms CMGL 3 REC UNREAD 447747008670 Matt L 02 11 19 09 58 06 00 145 8 Test sms OK 2 CALL CONTROL 1 7 GPRS Communication To initiate a session with the network you need to setup a data account on the module using the ATtCGDCONT command You need to specify the correct Access Poin
159. and retum path for the extended inputs outputs 15 ANA_IN 0 5 32V Analog input measurement range 0 12 75V Serial interface and Signals The module supports a standard RS232 serial interface EIA TIA 574 via its 15 pin high density connector shown above The GT47 supports the standard data character format of 1 start bit 8 bit data no parity plus 1 stop bit in total 10 bits per character In line with serial communication terminology the module is the data circuit terminating equipment DCE and the external application or computer is the data terminating equipment DTE 3 2 3 Serial Data Signals RD TD The default baud rate is 9 6kbps however higher bit rates up to 230 4kbps are supported and can be set by AT commands At start up the module transmits and receives data at the default rate of 9 6kbps in either standard AT mode or binary mode the first received data AT or binary format determines the operating mode Serial Data From GT47 RD Pin 2 RD is an output signal that the GT47 uses to send data to the external application Serial Data To GT47 TD Pin 3 TD is an input signal used by the external application to send data to the GT47 LZT 123 7607 R1B 17 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 2 4 Control Signals RTS CTS DTR DSR DCD RI RTS and CTS are capable of transmitting at 1 10th of the data transmission speed for data rates up to 230 4kbps byte oriented flow control mechanism Req
160. arameters lt number gt and lt type gt can be left out if the parameter lt onoff gt is set to 0 Abortability This command may not be aborted lt index gt Description 1 Home network voice mail number 2 Roaming voice mail number lt line gt Description 1 Line 1 187 LZT 123 8023 R1A 15 PHONEBOOK 2 Line 2 lt onoff gt Description 0 Disable the voice mail number Not Supported 1 Enable the voice mail number lt number gt Description String Character string lt 0 9 gt lt type gt Description Integer format Type of address octet refer to GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 129 ISDN telephony numbering plan national international unknown 145 ISDN telephony numbering plan international number 161 ISDN telephony numbering plan national number 128 255 Other values refer to GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 lt nlength gt Description Integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt number gt Example ESVM means Ericsson Set Voice Mail this means that the purpose of the command is for and only for setting the voice mail box server number The command has no other function it was and never was intended to dial the voice mail number that is set on the SIM So for Vodafone the command would need the following procedure AT EVSM test if command is present At ESVM Read voice mail number ESVM 1 253 447787xxxxxx 144 OK Now to dial th
161. are mandatory when lt mode gt 0 If all those are not submitted ERROR will be returned Disable credit card calling lt passwd gt If any other parameters are submitted they are ignored Enable one of the credit card call services lt passwd gt lt indexn gt If any other parameters are submitted they are ignored Query lt passwd gt lt indexn gt If any other parameters are submitted they are ignored Query for the selected credit call access server If any parameters are submitted they are ignored 185 15 PHONEBOOK lt passwd gt Description String character string ME lock code PS PH SIM lt indexn gt Description 1 Index number to the first credit card call access server 2 Index number to the second credit card call access server lt selindexn gt Description 0 Credit card calling disabled 1 Index number to the first credit card call access server 2 Index number to the second credit card call access server lt asn gt Description String Character string lt 0 9 gt max 20 characters ME number of format specified by lt typex gt lt type gt Description Integer format Type of address lt name gt Description String Character string of the name tag for M amp M Maximum of 18 characters lt vercode gt Description String Character string lt 0 9 gt Maximum of 20 characters lt send order gt Description
162. are not entered correctly after the failure it is recommended that ME does not block its operation BLOCKED The SIM cards is blocked for the user lt err gt Description 0 ME failure 5 PH SIM PIN required 10 SIM not inserted 11 SIM PIN required 12 SIM PUK required 13 SIM failure 14 SIM busy 15 SIM wrong 16 Incorrect password 24 Text string too long 25 Invalid characters in text string 100 Unknown Example AT CPIN 0000 OK 58 3 30 AT CPWD LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Change Password Description Command Possible Responses Request facility lock AT CPWD lt fac gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt oldpwd gt OK lt newpwd gt ERROR Show if the command is AT CPWD CPWD supported lt fac1 gt lt pwdlength1 gt lt fac2 gt lt pwdlength2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Sets a new password for the facility lock function defined by command Facility Lock CLCK Test command returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities and the maximum length of their password lt fac gt Description PS PH SIM lock ME to SIM card ME asks password when other than current SIM card inserted SC SIM lock SIM card SIM asks password in ME power up and when this lock command issued De SIM PIN2 AO BAOC Barr All Outgoing Calls refer GSM 02 88 clause 1 Ol BOIC Barr Outgoing International Cal
163. ason gt Description 0 Unconditional 1 Mobile busy 2 No reply 3 Not reachable 4 All call forwarding 5 All conditional call forwarding lt mode gt Description 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Query status 3 Registration 4 Erasure 261 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES lt number gt Description string type String type ME number of forwarding address in format specified by lt type gt lt type gt Description integer format Type of address octet 129 ISDN telephony numbering plan national international unknown Default value if is not in lt sca gt 145 ISDN telephony numbering plan international number Default value if is in lt sca gt 161 ISDN telephony numbering plan national number 128 255 Other values lt satype gt Description integer format Type of subaddress octet 128 NSAP X 213 ISO 8348 AD2 even number of address signals 136 NSAP X 213 ISO 8348 AD2 odd number of address signals 160 User defined even number of address signals 168 User defined odd number of address signals 128 255 Other values reserved lt classx gt Description integer Sum of integers each representing a class of information Default value is 7 1 Voice L1 2 Data 4 Fax 8 Short message service 16 Data circuit sync 32 Data circuit async 64 Dedicated packet access 128 Dedicated PAD access lt status gt Description 262 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SER
164. ation has been performed The TE is requesting to not trigger 104 The MS responds OK because the operation has been performed An event has occurred The 101 has triggered on changing the input to logic value 1 Checking an Input Trigger AT Command Response Comment AT E210 5 11 The TE is requesting the trigger state of the Input 1 E210 5 11 1 The MS responds that 11 has its OK trigger active LZT 123 8023 R1A 139 12 INPUT OUTPUT 12 2 AT E2U3 Ericsson M2M UART 3 Control LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request operation AT E2U3 lt op gt lt rate gt ERROR lt CR gt Tx data lt ctrl OK Z ESC gt E2U3 lt CR gt lt LF gt Rx data Show if the command is AT E2U3 OK supported ERROR Description Provides the following options for control of the UART 3 interface Open connection Opens the Uart 3 driver to Rx and Tx data Transmit Data The TA prompts for data entry and up to 250 text characters can be entered Entry is terminated by the lt ctrl Z gt character or the lt ESC gt character cancels the command Receive Data The TA responds with E2U3 lt CR gt lt LF gt followed by the contents of the Uart 3 receive buffer Close connection Closes the Uart 3 driver and frees resources Defined values lt op gt parameter OP Description 0 1 2 3 Close UART3 connection Open UART3 connection Transmit Data to UART3
165. ay class lt reliability gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 5 Reliability class lt peak gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 Up to 1 000 8 kbits s 2 Up to 2 000 16 kbits s 3 Up to 4 000 32 kbits s 4 Up to 8 000 64 kbits s 5 Up to 16 000 128 kbits s 6 Up to 32 000 256 kbits s 7 Up to 64 000 512 kbits s 8 Up to 128 000 1 024 kbits s 9 Up to 256 000 2 048 kbits s lt mean gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 Best effort 2 100 0 22 bits s 3 200 0 44 bits s 4 500 1 11 bits s 5 1 000 2 2 bits s 6 2 000 4 4 bits s 7 5 000 11 1 bits s 8 10 000 22 bits s 94 6 9 AT CGREG LZT 123 8023 R1A 6 DATA GPRS 9 20 000 44 bits s 10 50 000 111 bits s 11 100 000 0 22 kbits s 12 200 000 0 44 kbits s 13 500 000 1 11 kbits s 14 1 000 000 2 2 kbits s 15 2 000 000 4 4 kbits s 16 5 000 000 11 1 kbits s 17 10 000 000 22 kbits s 18 20 000 000 44 kbits s 31 50 000 000 111 kbits s GPRS Network Registration Status Description Command Possible Responses Set command AT CGREG lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CGREG CGREG lt n gt lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CGREG CGREG list of supported supported lt n gt s OK ERROR Description Note C
166. be per logical channel When the MS is turned off and then turned on again the parameter setting lt n gt shall turn back to default i e the presentation of CLI shall be used according to the subscription of the CLIR service lt n gt is 0 Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls given in lt n gt and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service given in lt m gt Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value On a per call base CLIR functionality is explained in subclause ITU T V 25ter dial command lt n gt Description 0 Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service 1 CLIR invocation 2 CLIR suppression lt m gt Description 0 CLIR not provisioned 1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode 2 Unknown e g no network 3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted 4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed AT CSSN Supplementary Service Notification Description Command Possible Responses Presentation of AT CSSN lt n gt lt m gt CME ERROR lt err gt notification result codes OK from TA to TE ERROR Show the current setting AT CSSN e CSSN lt n gt lt m gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CSSN CSSN list of supported supported lt n gt s list of supported lt m gt s CME ERROR lt err gt 269 LZT 123 8023
167. cc cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeetes 230 16 17 AT E2SMSRI Ring indicator for SMS cccccesseceeeeeseesteeeeeeeeeeeees 231 Short Message Services Cell Broadcast ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 233 17 1 AT CNMI New Message Indications to TE cccceeceeeeeteeeetteeeeeeeeeeeees 233 17 2 AT CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Type eeeeeeeteeeeeeee 233 SIM Application Toolkit acces trreteit cade ntied sre ute ees ecendas ve mtadade nes 234 18 1 AT E2STKS SIM Application Toolkit Settings cssssssssssessseeeeees 234 18 2 AT E2STKD M2M STK Display Text cccccccesssseeeeeeeessstseeeeeeeeeesees 235 18 3 AT E2STKG M2M STK Get Inkey ccccccccecccesessteeeeeeeesseseeeeeeeeeseees 236 18 4 AT E2STKI M2M STK Get Input ccc ccecceceessteeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeeeeees 238 18 5 AT E2STKL M2M STK Select ltem 2 ccscccccccesedsccecsecsessnscetecaeeseeessaee 241 18 6 AT E2STKM M2M STK Set Up Menu cceccccecceeeeeeesessssteeeeeeeesenees 243 18 7 AT E2STKN M2M STK Envelope Menu Selection eeee 245 18 8 AT E2STKC M2M STK Set Up Callin cic tava oh caetsas mit ewece acne waeestere 245 18 9 AT E2STKE STK Send Short Message 0 eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 247 1SAQGAT E2ZSTRE STK SENG SS erno aeaeaie cave catleceeta aree 248 1S TATE2ZSTAW STK Send USSDirera indiri ara etter lice alee eit 249 18 12AT E2STKR STK Refresh a rae eae aol eats chal 25
168. ce voice data fax within one call When single mode is selected the call originating and hang up procedures are similar to procedures specified in ITU T Recommendations V 25ter T 31 and T 32 In GSM there can be voice followed by data refer to GSM 02 02 alternating voice data refer to GSM 02 02 and alternating voice fax calls refer to GSM 02 03 Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value 26 2 CALL CONTROL Note CMOD is set to zero after a successfully completed alternating mode call It is set to zero also after a failed answering The power up factory amp F and user resets Z also set the value to zero This reduces the possibility that alternating mode calls are originated or answered accidentally lt mode gt Description 0 Single mode Default value In order to avoid accidental originating or answering of alternating calls is lt mode gt set to single mode in following cases after a successfully completed alternating mode call after a unsuccessful answering after successfully execution of the commands amp F and Z 2 12 AT CVHU Voice Hang Up Description Command Possible Responses Set Command CVHU lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK Show the current setting CVHU CVHU lt mode gt Show if the command is supported CME ERROR lt err gt CVHU CVHU list of supported lt mode gt s Description Selects whether ATH
169. cessful CMGC lt mr gt lt scts gt if sending fails CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CMGC OK commands is ERROR supported Description Sends a command message from a TE to the network SMS COMMAND The entering of text is as specified in the send message command CMGS but the format is fixed to be a sequence of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which the ME TA converts into 8 bit octets refer to CMGS Message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Optionally when CSMS lt service gt value is 1 and there is network support lt scts gt is returned Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command is abortable lt fo gt Description 0 First octet of SMS DELIVER in integer format 1 First octet of SMS_ SUBMIT in integer format 2 First octet of SMS STATUS REPORT in integer format 3 First octet of SMS COMMAND in integer format lt ct gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP Command Type Default value is 0 lt pid gt Description 210 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT 0 255 Protocol Identifier in integer format Default value is 0 according to 07 05 section 9 2 3 9 lt mn gt Description Integer
170. codes are being suppressed no portion of any intermediate final or unsolicited result code header result text line terminator or trailer is transmitted lt value gt Description 0 DCE transmits result codes Default value 1 Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted 3 2 ATSO Automatic Answer Control Description Command Possible Responses Automatic answer ATSO0 lt rent gt OK control ERROR Show the current setting ATSO lt rent gt Show if the command is ATSO SO list of supported supported lt rent gt s Description Defines the automatic answering feature of the modem A non zero value specifies the number of rings before the call is answered Note Call is always answered in the current fax class regardless of LZT 123 8023 R1A whether the incoming call is voice data or fax 30 3 CONTROL AND STATUS lt rent gt Description 0 Disable automatic answer Default value 1 7 Answer after the specified number of rings 3 3 ATS2 Escape Sequence Character Description Command Possible Responses Set escape sequence ATS2 lt esc gt OK character ERROR Show the current setting ATS2 lt esc gt Show if the command is ATS2 S2 list of supported supported lt esc gt s Description Defines the character to be used as the escape sequence character when switching from on line data mode to on line command mode The response to the command is modified to refle
171. command CSCS Type of address given by lt toda gt lt tooa gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Originating Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt toda gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of lt da gt is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory LZT 123 8023 R1A 203 16 6 AT CMGS LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Send Message PDU Mode Description Command Possible Responses Send message AT CMGS lt length gt lt CR gt PDU is given lt ctrl CMGS lt mr gt lt ackpdu gt CMS ERROR lt err gt Z IESC gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CMGS OK supported ERROR Description Sends a message from a TE to the network SMS SUBMIT Message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Optionally when AT CSMS lt service gt value is 1 and there is network support lt ackpdu gt is returned Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command is abo
172. cs gt lt page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt Text mode enabled 214 16 10 LZT 123 8023 R1A Example 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT lt ds gt Description 0 No SMS STATUS REPORTs are routed to the TE 1 SMS STATUS REPORTSs are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code CDS lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt Text mode enabled SMS STATUS REPORT is not stored in ME TA 2 SMS STATUS REPORTSs are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code CDSI lt mem gt lt index gt Text mode enabled SMS STATUS REPORT is stored in ME TA lt bfr gt Description 0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when lt mode gt 1 3 is entered OK response shall be given before flushing the codes Unsolicited Result codes CMT lt oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt Text Mode enabled Refer to the show text mode command CSDH for information on the parameters in italics CMTI lt mem gt lt index gt CBM lt sn gt lt mid gt lt dcs gt lt page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt CDS lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt CDSI lt mem gt lt index gt Display cell broadcast mess
173. csson M2M Fax Comm Baud Rate Modification 123 AT E2GDV GPRS data counters 97 AT E2I0 Ericsson M2M Input Output Read Write 132 AT E20TR Operational Temperature Reporting 284 AT E2NBTS Ericsson M2M Neighbour BTS 180 AT E2NMPR Ericsson M2M Set NMEA GPS Port Rate 121 AT E2PBCS Ericsson M2M Phonebook Check Sum 183 AT E2PHFB Portable Handsfree Button Sense Enable 74 AT E2RESET Restart module 45 AT E2SMSRI Ring Indicator for SMS 231 AT E2SPI Serial Peripheral Interface 153 AT E2SPN M2M Service Provider Indication 164 AT E2SSD M2M Supplementary Service Dispatch 255 AT E2SSI M2M Supplementary Service Indications 256 AT E2SSN Ericsson M2M SIM Serial Number 168 AT E2STKC M2M STK Set Up Call 245 286 LZT 123 8023 R1A 22 ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF AT COMMANDS AT E2STKD AT E2STKG AT E2STKI AT E2STKL AT E2STKM AT E2STKN AT E2STKS AT E2STKTO AT EALR AT EALS AT EAMS AT EARS AT ECAM AT ECIND AT ECLCC AT ECPI AT ECSP AT EDIF AT EDST AT EENMEA AT EGIR AT EIPS AT ELAM AT ELIN AT EMAR AT EMIC AT EMIR AT EPEE AT EPNR AT EPNW AT ERIL AT ERIN AT ERIP AT ESAG AT ESCG AT ESCN M2M STK Display Text M2M STK Get Inkey M2M STK Get Input M2M STK Select Item M2M STK Set Up Menu M2M STK Envelope Menu Selection SIM Application Toolkit Settings SIM Application Toolkit Settings Ericsson Audio Line Request Ericsson Request ALS Status Ericsson Audio Mode Selection Ericsson Audio Ring Signal Ericsson Call Monitoring Expanded i
174. ct the change lt esc gt Description 43 Escape sequence character Default value 0 to 255 Escape sequence character Note If the lt esc gt parameter is set to a value in the range of 128 255 the escape sequence detection is disabled 3 4 ATS3 Command Line Termination Character LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set Command Line ATS3 lt value gt OK Termination Character ERROR Show the current setting ATS3 lt value gt Show if the command is ATS3 S3 list of supported supported lt value gt s 31 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Description This S parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character recognised by the DCE from the DTE to terminate an incoming command line It is also generated by the DCE as part of the header trailer and terminator for result codes and information text along with the S4 parameter The previous value of S3 is used to determine the command line termination character for entry of the command line containing the S3 setting command However the result code issued uses the value of S3 as set during the processing of the command line For example if S3 was previously set to 13 and the command line ATS3 30 is issued the command line is terminated with a lt CR gt character IA5 0 13 but the result code issued uses the character with the ordinal value 30 IA5 2 14 in place of the lt CR gt lt value gt Description 13 Command line termina
175. curring in the GPRS packet domain MS or the network lt mode gt Description 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the MS No codes are forwarded to the TE 1 Discard unsolicited result codes when MS TE link is reserved otherwise forward them directly to the TE lt bfr gt Description 0 MS buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when lt mode gt 1 or 2 is entered 6 6 AT CGPADDR Show PDP Address Description Command Possible Responses Show PDP addresses for specified CIDs Show if the command is supported CGPADDR lt cid gt L lt cid gt l CGPADDR CGPADDR lt cid gt lt PDP_addr gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGPAD DR lt cid gt lt PDP_addr gt OK ERROR CGPADDR list of defined lt cid gt s OK ERROR LZT 123 8023 R1A 89 6 7 AT CGQMIN Description 6 DATA GPRS Returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers The test command returns a list of defined lt cid gt s lt cid gt Description Integer type Parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see CGDCONT command If no lt cid gt is specified the addresses for all defined contexts are returned lt PDP_address gt Description String type A string that identifies the MS in the address space applicable to the PDP The address may be static or dynamic For a static
176. d lt StartType gt s list of supported lt CtriByte gt s ERROR Description This command allows the user to start and stop the application running in the module The command allows a number of ways to start the application code and some ways to stop pause the running application Start Application lt cmd gt 1 This parameter sets the application to start The application can be started straight away in which the currently active script set with AT E2APD command is loaded and run or it can be set to run on the next powercycle from startup The second option is stored persistently so the application will start on power up every time it is switched on The script marked as active will be the one that is started Error Recovery If a new script is downloaded the old script id is stored as a Last Known Good Script until it is overwritten or deleted If the module is reset and on startup the application runs and then hits a runtime error the module will delete the offending script and reinstitute the last good script The module will then restart and run the old script This behaviour only occurs if the script is set to run on startup 275 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION The final option allowed lets the application restart from a Pause state see the Stop command Stop Application lt cmd gt 0 This parameter sets the application to stop This will only work if the application is currently runni
177. d lt format gt s list of supported lt parity gt s OK ERROR Description This extended format compound parameter is used to determine the local serial port start stop asynchronous character framing used by the DCE to accept DTE commands and while transmitting information text and result code if this is not automatically determined Not supported IPR 0 forces ICF 0 see IPR lt format gt Description 3 8 Data 1 Stop Default value lt parity gt Description 3 Space Default value 150 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 12 LZT 123 8023 R1A Example AT ICF ICF 3 3 OK 13 INTERFACE AT IFC DTE DCE Local Flow Control Description Command Possible Responses Defines DTE DCE local AT IFC lt by_te gt OK flow control lt by_ta gt ERROR Show the current setting AT IFC IFC lt by_te gt lt by_ta gt Show if the command is AT IFC IFC list of supported supported lt by_te gt s lt by_ta gt s Description Note Defines the flow control between the modem and the computer when in on line data mode No flow control is enabled in any of the command modes lt by_te gt Description 0 No flow control on DTE 1 Xon Xoff flow control on DCE Control characters are removed by the DCE interface 2 RTS flow control on DCE Default value 3 Xon Xoff flow control on DCE Control characters are passed to the remote DCE DTE lt by_ta gt Description 0 No
178. d MS Product Serial Number Identification Call Hold and Multiparty HSC SD Current Call Parameters HSC SD Device Parameters HSC SD Non Transparent Call Configuration HSC SD Parameters Report HSC SD Automatic User Initiated Upgrading Hang Up Call Subscriber Identification Indicator Control List All Available ATCommands Facility Lock Calling Line Identification Calling Line Identification Restriction Mobile Equipment Eror Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Send Command Delete Message Message Format Lit Message Read Message Send Message Write Message to Memory CallMode Send From Storage Switch to 07 10 Multiplex Protocol New Message Indications to TE Subscriber Number Connected Line Identification on Presentation LZT 123 7607 R1B 39 8 ATCOMMAND SUMMARY AT Command AT C OPS AT C PAS AT C PBF AT C PBR AT C PBS AT C PBW AT4C PIN AT C PMS AT C PUC AT C PWD AT4CR AT C RC AT C REG AT C RES AT C RLP ATC SAS ATHCSCA AT C SCB ATC SCS AT C SDH AT C SMP AT C SMS ATC Q AT C SSN AT C TU AT C USD AT C VHU ATF AT GMI AT GMM AT GMR ATHCF ATHFC Description Operator Selection ME Activity Status Phonebook Find Phonebook Read ME Storage Phonebook Write PIN Control Preferred Message Storage Price Per Unit and Currency Table Change Password Service Reporting Control Cellular Result Code Network Registration Restore SMS Settings Radio Link Protocol Save Settings Se
179. d an incoming call signal from the network NO CARRIER 3 The connection has been terminated or the attempt to establish a connection failed ERROR 4 Command not recognized command line maximum length exceeded parameter value invalid or other problem with processing the command line NO DIALTONE 6 No dial tone detected BUSY 7 Engaged busy signal detected NO ANSWER 8 Wait for Quiet Answer dial modifier was used but remote ringing followed by five seconds of silence was not detected before expiration of the connection timer CONNECT Manufacturer Same as CONNECT but includes lt TEXT gt specific manufacturer specific text that may specify DTE speed line speed error control data compression or other status Description Command Possible Responses Execute ATZ OK ERROR Execute ATZ lt profile gt OK ERROR Show if supported and ATZ Z list of supported list available parameter range lt profile gt s Description This command instructs the DCE to set all parameters to their default values as specified by the user Consider hardware configuration switches or non volatile parameter storage if implemented when using this command 147 13 9 AT CMUX LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE Commands included on the same command line as the Z command will be ignored lt profile gt Description 0 Select the user profile to restore Switch to 07 10 Multiplex Protocol
180. d state the command is ignored and OK is returned If the requested state cannot be achieved ERROR or CME ERROR is returned If the MS is not attached to the GPRS service when the activation form of the command is executed the MS first performs a GPRS attach and then attempts to activate the specific contexts If no lt cid gt s are specified the activation form of the command activates all defined contexts If no lt cid gt s are specified the deactivation form of the command deactivates all active contexts lt state gt Description 0 PDP context activation deactivated 1 PDP context activation activated 85 LZT 123 8023 R1A 6 DATA GPRS lt cid gt Description Integer type A numeric parameter which specifies a specific PDP context definition 6 2 AT CGATT GPRS Attach or Detach LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Attach or detach MS to CGATT lt state gt e CME ERROR lt err gt the GPRS packet OK domain packet domain ERROR service Show the current setting CGATT CGATT lt state gt OK ERROR Show if the command is CGATT CGATT list of supported supported lt state gt s OK ERROR Description Note Note Used to attach the MS to or detach the MS from the GPRS packet domain service After the command has completed the MS remains in V 250 command state If the MS is already in the requested state the command is ignored and the
181. de ECPV lt ciphering gt lt switch gt Description 1 Ciphering indication is on The unsolicited result code ECPV is sent anytime the communication is unsecured and when it becomes secure again 0 Ciphering indication is off Disable the ciphering indication ECPV is not sent Unsolicited Result Codes ECPV lt ciphering gt Sent only when lt switch gt is set to 0 Unsolicited Result Codes ECPV Ciphering Indicator SYNTAX Unsolicited Result code Description Response When Set command informs ECPV lt ciphering gt When AT ECPI enables it the the TE when a ECPV lt ciphering gt is sent communication is during a connection whenever unsecured due to the the communication is not fact that the network is enciphered If a connection not enciphering the becomes secure after that communication the ECPV lt ciphering gt is sent again to indicate that 179 14 19 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK now the communication is enciphered lt ciphering gt Description 0 The connection is secured The network enciphers the communication 1 The connection is unsecured The network does not encipher the communication AT E2NBTS Ericsson M2M Neighbour BTS Description Command Possible Responses Set Neighbour AT E2NBTS lt ch1 gt lt bsic1 gt lt ch2 ERROR Cells to gt lt bsic2 gt lt ch3 gt lt bsic3 gt lt ch4 gt lt OK monitor bsic4 gt lt ch5 gt lt bsic
182. default setting is OFF where responses are disabled lt op gt Description 0 Disable E2SSI indications Default value 1 Enable E2SSI indications Unsolicited Result codes E2SSI lt errorcode gt lt Opcode gt lt SS_Code gt lt BasicServChoice gt lt BasicServValue gt lt SS_Status gt lt ForwardedToNr gt lt NoReplyConditionTime gt lt CLI_RestrictionOption gt or E2SSI lt errorcode gt lt Opcode gt lt SS_Code gt lt BasicServChoice gt lt BasicServValue gt lt SS_Status gt lt SubscriptionOption gt lt errorcode gt Description 0 OK no error 1 SSI_PASSWORD_ERROR 2 SSI_TOO_MANY_PARTS 3 SSI_COMMAND_ERROR 4 SSI_SIM_ERROR 5 SSI_NUMBER_ERR 6 SSI_CALL_BARRED 7 SSI_NOT_AVAILABLE 256 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 8 SSI_UNSUCCESSFUL 9 SSI_NOT_ALLOWED 10 SSI_NETWORK_PROBLEM lt Opcode gt Description 10 REGISTER_SS 11 ERASE SS 12 ACTIVATE_SS 13 DEACTIVATE_SS 14 INTERROGATE_SS lt SScode gt Description 0 ALL_SS 16 ALL_LINE_IDENTIFICATION_SERVICES 17 CALLING_LINE_IDENTIFICATION_PRESENTATION 18 CALLING_LINE_IDENTIFICATION_RESTRICTION 19 CONNECTED_LINE_IDENTIFICATION_PRESENTATION 20 CONNECTED _LINE_IDENTIFICATION_RESTRICTION 21 MALICIOUS_CALL_IDENTIFICATION 32 ALL_FORWARDING_SERVICES 33 CALL_FORWARDING_UNCONDITIONAL 40 ALL_CONDITIONAL_FORWARDING_SERVICES 41 CALL_FORWARDING_ON_MOBILE_S
183. default value by GSM 07 07 8859 n ISO 8859 Latin n 1 6 character set UTF 8 Universal text format 8 bits ERICSSON Unicode 16 bit universal multiple octet coded character set ISO IEC10646 229 16 16 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Example AT CSCS CSCS GSM OK AT CSMS Select Message Service Common for both PDU and Text Modes Description Command Possible Responses Select message AT CSMS lt service gt CSMS service lt mt gt lt mo gt lt bm gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show the current AT CSMS CSMS setting lt service gt lt mt gt lt mo gt lt bm gt OK ERROR Show if the command AT CSMS CSMS list of is Supported supported lt service gt s OK ERROR Description Selects messaging service lt service gt It returns the types of messages supported by the ME lt mt gt for mobile terminated messages lt mo gt for mobile originated messages and lt bm gt for broadcast type messages If the chosen service is not supported by the ME but is supported by the TA final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned lt service gt Description 0 GSM 03 40 and 03 41 The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07 05 Phase 2 version 4 7 0 Phase 2 features which do not require new command syntax may be supported e g correct routing of messages with new Phase 2 data coding schemes
184. dentify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command is abortable lt length gt Description Integer type Value indicating in PDU mode CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length lt pdu gt Description String In the case of SMS GSM 04 11 SC address followed by GSM 03 40 TPDU in hexadecimal format ME TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 In the case of CBS GSM 03 41 TPDU in hexadecimal format lt mr gt Description Integer type GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference in integer format lt ackpdu gt Description 209 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT String GSM 03 40 RP User Data element of RP ACK PDU format is same as for lt pdu gt in case of SMS but without GSM 04 11 SC address field and parameter shall be bounded by double quote characters like a normal string type parameter Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses Send command AT CMGC lt fo gt lt ct gt lt pid gt lt if PDU mode message mn gt lt da gt lt toda gt lt CR gt CMGF 1 and Text is entered lt ctrl Z ESC gt sending suc
185. der sends another EOT immediately after that the downloader sends an ACK byte and the transfer is complete The downloader can cancel the transfer at any time by sending a CAN byte The uploader can only cancel between blocks by sending a CAN byte It is recommended that you send anywhere between 2 and 8 consecutive CAN bytes when you 282 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION wish to cancel as some programs will not let you abort if only 1 CAN byte is sent 283 LZT 123 8023 R1A 21 Environmental 21 1 AT E20TR Operational Temperature Reporting Description Command Possible Responses Enable disable AT E20TR lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt Temperature Reporting ERROR OK Read current setting AT E20TR E2OTR lt n gt lt stat gt lt temp gt OK ERROR Test if the command is AT E20TR E2OTR list of supported supported lt n gt s OK ERROR Unsolicited response E2OTR lt stat gt Description LZT 123 8023 R1A The AT E2OTR command enables or disables Operational Temperature unsolicited reports When reporting is enabled the unsolicited response E2OTR is sent every time the module gets in and out of operational temperature range The unsolicited response reports the current operational temperature status in or out of range as defined in the table below If the reporting is enabled a report will always be sent at start up even if there has not been a change A transition from 40C to 4
186. e cause of the last IP Connection release whether it was meant or due to an error Abortability This command may not be aborted LZT 123 8023 R1A 106 7 DATA TCP IP Defined values lt ErrType gt Description 0 IP OK No Error 1 IP Host not found 253 IP Error Receiving IP Data 253 IP Error Max number of retries 254 IP Error GPRS Connection Lost 255 IP Error General Failure Unsolicited Result codes None Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical Example AT E2IPE E2IPE 0 No Error OK 7 7 AT E2IPS M2M IP Setup IP Parameters LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request Setup of IP AT E2IPS lt RetryTm ERROR Parameters for next gt lt NmRetry gt lt WaitT OK session m gt lt SendSz gt lt esc gt Read Current status AT E2IPS E2IPS of Parameters lt RetryTm gt lt NmRetry gt lt W aitTm gt lt SendSz gt lt esc gt OK Shows if the AT E2 IPS E2IPS list of supported command is lt RetryTm gt list of supported supported lt NmRetry gt list of supported lt WaitTm gt list of supported lt SendSz gt list of supported lt esc gt OK ERROR Description This command can be used to modify the way in which the Data received by the module is handled with respect to transmitting it across TCP UDP When Data is sent to the Module in online data mode the data is internally buffered until there is an amount
187. e during an active call Returns ERROR when not in on line command mode lt value gt Description 0 Return to on line data state from on line command 2 7 ATP Select Pulse Dialling Description Command Possible Responses Select pulse dialling ATP OK Show if the command is ATP OK supported Description Command is ignored and is implemented for compatibility only It would normally cause the next D command to use pulses when dialling the number 24 LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 CALL CONTROL 2 8 ATT Select Tone Dialing Description Command Possible Responses Select tone dialing ATT OK Show if the command is ATT OK supported Description Command is ignored and is implemented for compatibility only It would normally cause the next D command to use tones when dialling the number 2 9 ATX Call Progress Monitoring Control LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set call progress ATX lt n gt or ATX lt n gt OK monitoring control ERROR Show the current setting ATX X lt n gt Show if the command is ATX X list of supported supported lt n gt s Description Note Defines if the dial tone detection and busy tone detection are to be used during a call set up lt n gt Description 0 Body and dial tone detection off No line speed reported on connection 1 Body and dial tone detection off Report line speed on connection 2 Busy detection on
188. e gt lt number gt Description String type String type ME number of format specified by lt type gt lt type gt Description Integer format Type of address octet in integer refer to GSM 04 08 sub clause 10 5 4 7 Example AT CLIP 1 OK RING CLIP 07747008670 129 Matt L 0 AT CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction Description Command Possible Responses Request calling line AT CLIR lt n gt identification restriction Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT CLIR AT CLIR CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CLIR lt n gt lt m gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CLIR list of supported lt n gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command refers to CLIR service according to GSM 02 81 that allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called party when originating a call Set command overrides the CLIR subscription default is restricted or allowed when temporary mode is provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls Using the opposite command can revoke this adjustment If this command 268 19 13 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES is used by a subscriber without provision of CLIR in permanent mode the network will act according GSM 02 81 The setting shall
189. e gt ERROR Connection lt IPAddr gt lt IPPort gt CONNECT E2IPO lt ErrNum gt ERROR Displays current IP AT E2IPO E2IPO lt Open gt Connection Status OK ERROR Shows if the AT E2IPO E2IPO list of supported command is lt IPType gt s list of supported supported lt IPAddr gt s list of supported lt IPPort gt s OK ERROR Description LZT 123 8023 R1A This command allows the unit to connect to another IP address and enter on line data mode thereby allowing data to be transferred to between the two IP addresses transparently The command allows either TCP or UDP connections If an error occurs during the negotiation with the IP address the unit will return an ERROR with an associated error number otherwise it will return CONNECT If at any point the unit deems that the connection has been lost see AT E2IPS command or it receives a disconnect message then the NO CARRIER response will be returned On line command mode can be entered by either dropping DTR or the at lt cr gt escape sequence this does however need to be turned on see AT E2IPS command for more details 101 Abortability 7 DATA TCP IP This command may not be aborted A connection can take upto 75 seconds to time out due to the unit having to wait for the packets that it has sent to time out this is hard coded and cannot be adjusted at present Defined values lt PType gt Description 0 1
190. e test form of the command Supported values Ericsson specific lt PDP_type gt Description IP Internet Protocol IETF STD 5 lt APN gt Description String type Access Point Name a string parameter which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network If the value is null or omitted then the subscription value will be requested lt PDP_address gt Description String type A string parameter that identifies the MS in the address space applicable to the PDP If the value is null or omitted then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or failing that a dynamic address will be requested lt pdN gt Description String type Zero to N string parameters whose meanings are specific to the lt PDP_type gt 6 5 AT CGEREP GPRS Event Reporting Description Command Possible Responses Set command CGEREP lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt bfr gt OK LZT 123 8023 R1A 88 6 DATA GPRS Show the current setting Show if the command is supported CGEREP CGEREP ERROR CGEREP lt mode gt lt bfr gt OK ERROR CGEREP list of supported lt mode gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s OK ERROR Description Enables or disables the sending of unsolicited result codes CGEV XXX from MS to TE in the case of certain events oc
191. ect the menu item in the item list that was created by means of the SET UP MENU command lt sel_item gt Description Integer type The identifier is a single byte between 1 and 255 It identifies the selected menu item corresponding to SET UP MENU command Values follow the definition described in GSM 11 14 18 8 AT E2STKC M2M STK Set Up Call LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible responses Answer to the AT E2STKC lt answer CME ERROR lt err gt reception of SETUP gt OK CALL ERROR 245 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT Show if the AT E2STKC E2STKC list of supported command is lt answer gt supported CME ERROR lt err gt lt OK ERROR Description The ME passes the parameters within SET UP CALL command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKC so that it takes up the decision on progressing or rejecting the call Answer command allows the external application to send the appropriate answer after receiving the unsolicited result code and before the timeout expires If Answer command is sent once the timeout expires an ERROR response is generated Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt answer gt Description 0 OK Performed as required It corresponds to 00 command performed successfully described in the GSM standard 1 Failed User terminated session It corresponds to 10 Proactive session
192. ection If successful the connection will be closed and it will not be possible to re enter online data mode until another connection is established Abortability This command may not be aborted 103 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP Defined values lt ErrNum gt Description 1 No Connection 2 Connecting 3 Connected 4 Connection Busy 255 Other Error Unsolicited Result codes None Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical Note It is recommended that if there is a problem at any time with the TCP IP connection and the application is trying to re establish the link that this command be used to ensure that all of the internal module buffers have been cleared down 7 4 AT E2IPI M2M IP Info Description Command Possible Responses Request IP AT E2IPl lt InfoT ype gt ERROR Information E2IPI lt IPAddr gt OK Shows if the AT E2IPI E2IPI list of supported command is lt InfoType gt s supported OK ERROR Description This command allows information about the current IP Status of the module to be reported The command will only succeed when an IP Session is Active see AT E2IPA Abortability This command may not be aborted 104 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP Defined values lt InfoType gt Description 0 IP Address of Module 1 IP Address of Primary DNS Server 2 IP Address of Secondary DNS Server Unsolicited Result codes None
193. ed supported lt dst gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Note This command sets the daylight saving time hours This command affects the MS clock set with the AT CCLK command To avoid confusion it is recommended the daylight saving time DST is set with this command before setting the actual local time with AT CCLK lt dst gt Description 0 Standard time 1 Daylight saving time 1 hour 2 Daylight saving time 2 hours 44 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 3 15 AT EMAR Ericsson Master Reset Description Command Possible Responses Perform a master reset AT EMAR lt ME lock CME ERROR lt err gt in the MS code gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT EMAR CME ERROR lt err gt supported OK ERROR Description This command requests the MS to reset user data The user data in the MS will be reset to the default values This command also unlocks the MS lt ME lock code gt Description String Security code ME lock code must be verified before performing the master reset see also AT CLCK 3 16 AT E2RESET Restart module Description Command Possible Responses Perform a restart AT E2RESET Shows if the command is AT E2RESET supported or not OK ERROR OK ERROR Description This command restarts the module 3 17 AT EPEE Ericsson Pin Event Description Command Possible Responses Requests the MS to inform w
194. ents are confidential and any disclosure to persons other than the officers employees agents or subcontractors of the owner or licensee of this document without the prior written consent of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International is strictly prohibited Further no portion of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording without the prior written consent of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International the copyright holder Sixth edition November 2004 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International publishes this manual without making any warranty as to the content contained herein Further Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International reserves the right to make modifications additions and deletions to this manual due to typographical errors inaccurate information or improvements to programs and or equipment at any time and without notice Such changes will nevertheless be incorporated into new editions of this manual All rights reserved Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications International 2004 Publication number LZT 123 8023 R1A Printed in UK LZT 123 8023 R1A Contents CON COIS sitet asia E A T stay cb aned taad Rees Ve laud E E 3 1 Introduction to AT CommandsS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 1 14 Related DOCUMENTATION iis ciccaciteaeectiwicicnnptin
195. er up lt op gt Description 0 Set profile lt prnum1 gt to set as current 1 Copy profile lt prnum1 gt to lt prnum2 gt 2 Read profile lt prnum1 gt settings 3 Reset profile lt prnum1 gt to factory default 4 Set default profile as lt prnum1 gt Will store this as defautl 69 LZT 123 8023 R1A 4 AUDIO profile in NVM and use it as default from next power on Examples lt prnum1 gt Description lt prnum2 gt 0 Profile 0 Factory profile set for portable handsfree Default value 1 Profile 1 Factory profile set for handset 2 Profile 2 Factory profile set for car kit AT E2APR E2APR 0 4 0 2 0 2 OK Current default profile is profile 0 AT E2APR E2APR 0 OK Set audio profile now used to profile 1 AT E2APR 0 1 OK Audio profile 1 settings AT E2APR 1 1 E2APR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK Copy audio profile 1 to audio profile 2 AT E2APR 2 1 2 OK Reset audio profile 1 with factory default this also resets the current audio paths to the new profile as 1 is currently used AT E2APR 3 1 OK Sets profile number 1 as the default when module is powered on AT E2APR 4 1 OK 70 4 AUDIO 4 3 AT EALR Ericsson Audio Line Request Description Command Possible Responses Request the audio lines AT EALR lt mode gt EALR lt mode gt ATMS AFMS L lt activation gt lt activation gt lt resp gt lt aud_status gt OK ERROR Show
196. ernet Account Define cescssseecesceeeeeeeeeeees 110 Pa EP TOG NG esac scat cate ct ee aha ea a eel ete a 113 SIS CSD rncesiitcnesiertenierevewibaatasldl covedcaines a aE a saaneina 115 AT CHSC HSCSD Current Call Parameters ssssssssssssseeseeeees 115 AT CHSD HSCSD Device Parameters nenene 116 AT CHSN HSCSD Non Transparent Call Configuration 117 AT CHSR HSCSD Parameters Report ccccseccssccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 AT CHSU HSCSD Automatic User Initiated Upgrading 0 119 Interoperability awicccscccnscnce intecieciec adeno censtueseuetiusevenwedessenueceeevees ces 120 AT EENMEA NMEA GPS Mode on UART2 cc cssseeeeeeeeseesseeeeeees 120 AT E2NMPR Ericsson M2M Set NMEA GPS Port Rate 06 121 EEE EEE a vi tienen neath Nigahna ll E tees bitoni ta EE weave 123 AT E2FAX Ericsson M2M Fax Comm Baud Rate Modification 123 Low Level Fax Command siscciicsiictins viccntiaavisteisins la iaaate a dansi cece 124 5 11 Ide ntifiCationc2ciiecciinntinievihicen dice AAA A EAA A EEE 125 11 1 AT Attention Command oun ccc cece eccceeeeeceeceseeeueeeeeeeueueeneuaeeeneeeenaes 125 11 2 AT amp F Set to Factory Defined Configuration ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 125 11 3 AT amp W Store User Profile cece cceecceeeeesseeeseseeeseueeueeeuaeeeneeeeeaes 125 11 4 AT List all Supported AT Commands 0 ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeseeeeees 126 11
197. es from preferred message storage including unread messages ignore lt index gt 16 13 AT CSDH Show Text Mode Parameters Only Applicable to Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses Set the show text mode AT CSDH lt show gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK Show the current setting AT CSDH CSDH lt show gt CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command is AT CSDH CSDH list of supported supported lt show gt s OK CME ERROR lt err gt Description Controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes lt show gt Description 0 Do not show header values defined in commands AT CSCA and AT CSMP lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt fo gt lt vp gt lt pid gt and lt dcs gt nor lt length gt lt toda gt or lt tooa gt in CMT CMGL CMGR result codes for SMS DELIVERs and SMS SUBMITs in text mode for SMS COMMANDs in CMGR result code do not show lt pid gt lt mn gt lt da gt lt toda gt lt length gt or lt cdata gt 1 Show the values in result codes 16 14 AT CSMP Set Text Mode Parameters Only Applicable to Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses 227 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Set the text mode AT CSMP lt fo gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK parameters lt vp gt lt pid gt lt des gt gt ERROR Show the current AT CSMP CSMP lt fo gt lt vp gt
198. escription Integer type GSM 03 41 CBM page parameter bits 0 3 in integer format lt pid gt Description 0 255 Protocol Identifier in integer format Default value is 0 according to 07 05 section 9 2 3 9 lt dcs gt Description 0 255 Data coding scheme See GSM 03 48 UCS2 and compressed text not supported lt sca gt Description String type GSM 04 11 RP SC address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set lt tosca gt Description Integer type GSM 04 11 RP SC address type of address octet in integer format 129 ISDN telephony numbering plan national international unknown 220 16 11 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT 145 ISDN telephony numbering plan international number 161 ISDN telephony numbering plan national number 128 255 Other values refer to GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 lt vp gt Description 0 143 TP VP 1 x 5 minutes i e 5 minute intervals up to 12 hous 144 167 12 hours TP_VP 143 x 30 minutes 168 196 TP VP 166 x 1 day 197 255 TP VP 192 x 1 week lt mn gt Description Integer type GSM 03 40 TP message number Prior to the R6 build of software the unit was only able to read upto 30 messages on a SIM messages in locations over 30 could not be seen or access In R6 this has been increased to 100 AT CMGL
199. ese features are network operator specific For the inter connection of audio the GT47 offers a balanced 4 wire analogue interface DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency is supported The GT48 also supports the Adaptive Multi Rate AMR type of vocoder LZT 123 7607 R1B 1 INTRO DUCTION 1 3 4 Data Services The GT47 supports the following data protocols 1 3 5 Fax Services GPRS General Packet Radio Service GT47 is a Class B terminals which provide simultaneous activation and attachment of GPRS and GSM services GT47 is a GPRS class 8 4 1 enabled devices which are capable of transmitting in one timeslot per frame up link and receiving at a maximum of four timeslots per frame down link CSD Circuit Switched Data GT47 is a capable of establishing a CSD communication at 9 6kbps HSCSD High Speed Circuit Switched Data GT47 supports HSCSD class 2 2 1 communication with one timeslot per frame capacity in the up link and two timeslots per frame capacity in the down link The GT47 allows fax transmissions to be sent and received by commercial fax software installed on the application computer Group 3 fax Classes 1 and 2 are supported 1 3 6 Supplementary Services Call forwarding Call hold waiting and multiparty Calling called number identification Advice of charge USSD Alternate line service Customer service profile Preferred networks Operator selection Network registration Call barring
200. esponds to 00 Command performed successfully described in the GSM standard 1 Failed User Terminated Session the text was displayed as requested and the user wants to end the proactive session It corresponds to 10 Proactive session terminated by the user described in the GSM standard 2 Failed User requests backward move the text was displayed as requested and the user wants to go backwards in the session It corresponds to 11 Backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by the user 3 Failed No response from user the text was displayed and the user did not react It corresponds to 12 No response from user 4 Failed Screen is busy the text could not be displayed lt response_type gt Description 0 Response type shall be digits 0 9 and 1 Response type shall be SMS default alphabet 2 Response type shall be UCS2 Coded We currently do not support this option if you use it an error will be returned 3 Response type shall be Yes No response 237 18 4 AT E2STKI Descrip LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT lt user_response gt Description String type Field of 1 to 2 bytes length in string type format between Coding is defined in lt response_type gt Length shall be 2 bytes when coding is UCS2 Otherwise it shall be 1 byte Unsolicited Result Codes E2STKG lt coding gt lt prompt_text_length gt lt prompt_text
201. ession terminated by the user described in the GSM standard 2 Failed User requests backwards move the command was executed 243 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT as requested and the user wants to go backwards in the session It corresponds to 11 backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by the user 3 Failed No response from user the command was executed and the user did not react It corresponds to 12 no response from user 4 Failed Screen is busy 5 Failed Command beyond MEs capability It corresponds to 30 It was not possible to successfully integrate or remove the list of menu items lt on_off gt Description 0 Remove the current menu 1 New menu to be displayed Unsolicited Result Codes E2STKM lt NbrOfltems gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt alpha_id gt lt CR gt lt LF gt E2STKM lt item_id1 gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt item1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt JE2STKM lt item_idn gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt itemn gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to O It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit 1 Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of
202. esult codes related to STK Unsolicited Result Codes The unsolicited result codes defined in sections below can be received 234 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT 18 2 AT E2STKD M2M STK Display Text Description Command Possible responses Answer to the AT E2STKD lt answer CME ERROR lt err gt reception of gt OK DISPLAY ERROR TEXT Show if the AT E2STKD E2STKD command is list of supported lt answer gt supported CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description The ME passes the parameters within DISPLAY TEXT command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKD Command AT E2STKD allows the external application to send the appropriate answer after receiving the unsolicited result code and before the timeout expires If Answer command is sent once the timeout expires an ERROR response is generated Test command returns the list of supported lt answer gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt answer gt Description 0 OK Performed as required the text was displayed and cleared as requested It corresponds to 00 Command performed successfully described in the GSM standard 1 Failed User Terminated Session the text was displayed as requested and the user wants to end the proactive session It corresponds to 10 Proactive session terminated by the user described in the GSM standard 2 Failed User requests backwards move the text was disp
203. f lt index2 gt is left out only location lt index1 gt is returned Entry fields returned are location number lt indexn gt ME number stored there lt number gt of format lt type gt and text lt text gt associated with the number 193 15 PHONEBOOK lt indexn gt Description integer type Values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory lt number gt Description string type ME number of format lt type gt lt type gt Description 129 145 161 128 255 ISDN telephony numbering plan national international unknown ISDN telephony numbering plan international number ISDN telephony numbering plan national number Other values refer to GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 lt text gt Description string type Field of maximum length lt tlength gt character set as specified by the select TE character set command CSCS lt nlength gt Description integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt number gt lt tlength gt Description integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt text gt Example AT CPBR 1 99 CPBR 1 44123456789 145 Test Number CPBR 2 440987654321 145 Test number 2 CPBR 3 449876543210 129 Test Number 3 OK LZT 123 8023 R1A 194 15 PHONEBOOK 15 14 AT CPBS ME Storage Description Command Possible Responses Set
204. f ME TA supports several RLP versions lt verx gt the RLP parameter value ranges for each lt verx gt are returned in a separate line lt iws gt Description 120 IWF to MS window size 0 496 lt mws gt Description 120 MS to IWF window size 0 496 lt T1 gt Description 48 Acknowledgment timer T1 10 ms 38 100 lt N2 gt Description 6 Re transmission attempts N2 0 255 lt T4 gt Description 5 Re sequencing period T4 10 ms 3 255 lt ver gt Description Integer RLP version When version indication is not present lt ver gt 0 is assumed 83 LZT 123 8023 R1A 5 DATA CSD HSCSD Example AT CRLP CRLP 61 61 48 6 0 CRLP 120 120 48 6 2 3 OK 84 6 Data GPRS 6 1 AT CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate Description Command Possible Responses Activate or deactivate CGACT lt state gt CME ERROR lt err gt the specified PDP lt cid gt lt cid gt OK context s ERROR Show the current setting CGACT CGACT lt cid gt lt state gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGACT lt cid gt lt state gt ERROR Show if the command is CGACT CGACT list of supported supported lt state gt s OK ERROR Description Used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context s After the command has completed the MS remains in V 250 command state If the MS is already in the requeste
205. f during the entire call Default value 1 3 Different on modes 4 12 AT ERIL Ericsson Ring Level Set LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Sets ring volume for the AT ERIL lt volume gt lt c CME ERROR lt err gt ring signals used for all type gt lt place gt OK incoming voice L1 and ERROR L2 fax and data calls Show the current setting AT ERIL ERIL lt volume1 gt lt call type1 gt lt place1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt ERIL lt volume n gt lt call type n gt lt place n gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR AT ERIL Show if the command is ERIL list of supported supported lt volume gt s list of supported lt call type gt s L list of supported lt place gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Used to set the volume for the ring signals used for incoming voice Line 1 Line 2 fax and data calls The parameter lt place gt controls the ring level set for different types of modes The signal volume is specified as step with an increasing volume for each signal or as a selected level Line 1 is the default for lt call type gt if the parameter is not given 77 4 AUDIO lt volume gt Description 0 Off 1 6 Volume setting not increasing ring 129 134 Volume setting increasing ring lt calltype gt Description 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 3 Fax 4 Data
206. flow control on DCE 1 Xon Xoff flow control on DTE 2 CTS flow control on DCE Default value Regardless of how this command is configured if 3 wire communication between the module and the application is required then the RTS and CTS lines on the module should be looped back on each other as the chipset requires this ata hardware level 151 13 13 13 14 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE AT ILRR Cable Interface Local Rate Reporting Description Command Possible Responses Defines DTE DCE AT ILRR lt value gt OK character framing ERROR Show the current setting AT ILRR ILRR lt value gt Show if the command is AT ILRR ILRR list of supported supported lt values gt s Description Specifies whether or not the extended format ILRR lt rate gt information text is transmitted from the DCE to the DTE The lt rate gt reported shall represent the current negotiated or renegotiated DTE DCE rate If enabled the intermediate result code is transmitted after any modulation error control or data compression reports are transmitted and before any final result code e g CONNECT is transmitted The lt rate gt is applied after the final result code is transmitted lt value gt Description 0 Disables reporting of local port rate ILRR is not transmitted Default value 1 Enables reporting of local port rate ILRR is transmitted AT IPR Cable Interface Port Command Desc
207. format 14 15 AT COPS Operator Selection Description Command Possible Responses Request operator AT COPS lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt selection lt format gt OK lt oper gt ERROR Show the current setting AT COPS COPS lt mode gt lt format gt lt oper gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT COPS COPS list of supported supported lt stat gt long alphanumeric lt oper gt short alphanumeric lt oper gt numeric lt oper gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network operator lt mode gt Description 0 Automatic lt oper gt field is ignored 1 Manual lt oper gt field present 3 Set only lt format gt for read command COPS do not attempt registration de registration lt oper gt field is ignored this value is not applicable in read command response 175 LZT 123 8023 R1A Example AT COPS 14 16 AT CPOL LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK 4 Manual automatic lt oper gt field present if manual selection fails automatic mode lt mode gt 0 is entered lt format gt Description 0 Automatic lt oper gt field is ignored 2 Numeric lt oper gt lt oper gt Description string type Format determined by the lt format gt setting lt stat gt Description 0 Unknown 1 Available 2 Current 3 Forbidden COPS 2
208. fying whether the speed should be 9600 baud standard or 19200 baud for FAX application comm This value will then be used once the AT amp F command is next used e Read what value this default factory profile has been set to lt RcV gt Description 0 Configure RS232 default setting to 9600 baud 1 Configure RS232 default setting to 19200 baud Example 123 LZT 123 8023 R1A 10 FAX AT E2FAX E2FAX 0 1 OK AT E2FAX E2FAX 0 Current default setting is 9600 baud OK AT E2FAX 0 OK Sets default RS232 setting to 9600 baud 10 2 Low Level Fax Commands The following table of low level fax commands are supported and used by the GT47 for fax operation AT FAA AT FBADLIN AT FBADMUL AT FBOR AT FBUG AT FCIG AT FCLASS AT FCQ AT FCR AT FDCC AT FDFFC AT FDIS AT FDR AT FDT AT FECM AT FET AT FK AT FLID AT FLNFC AT FLPL AT FMDL AT FMFR AT FMI AT FMINSP AT FMM AT FMR AT FPHCTO AT FPTS AT FRBC AT FREL AT FREV AT FRH AT FRM AT FRS AT FSPL AT FTBC AT FTH AT FTM AT FTS AT FVRFC AT FWDFC 124 LZT 123 8023 R1A 11 Identification 11 1 AT Attention Command Description Command Possible Responses Checks the communication AT OK between the MS and application CME ERROR lt err gt Description This command is used to determine the presence of an MS If the MS supports AT commands it returns an OK final result code 11 2 AT amp F Set to Factory Defined Configuration
209. g Control Description Command Possible Responses Set Service Reporting AT CR lt mode gt OK Control ERROR Show the current setting AT CR CR lt mode gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CR CR list of supported supported lt mode gt s OK ERROR Description Enables or disables display of intermediate bearer capability reports during the handshake phase lt mode gt Description 0 Disable reporting Default value 1 Enable reporting Intermediate Result Codes CR lt serv gt 3 32 AT CRC Cellular Result Code Description Command Possible Responses Set Cellular Result Code AT CRC lt mode gt OK option ERROR Show the current setting AT CRC CRC lt mode gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CRC CRC list of supported supported lt mode gt s OK ERROR Description Command controls whether or not e the extended format of incoming call indication e or GPRS network request for PDP context activation 61 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS e or notification for VBS VGCS calls is used When enabled an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code CRING lt type gt instead of the normal RING Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value lt mode gt Description 0 Disables extended format 1 Enables extended format Unsolicited Result Codes CRING lt type gt 3 3
210. g of the Caller ID and Called ID to the TE if the ID is recognized The alpha tag is the first name and the last name The presentation is done by an unsolicited result code ELIP for Caller ID and EOLP for Called ID lt D gt Description 1 2 Caller ID ELIP Called ID EOLP lt alphatag mode gt Description 0 1 Off First name and last name displayed Unsolicited Result Codes ELIP lt alpha tag gt EOLP lt alpha tag gt 19 5 AT ELIN Ericsson Line Set LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set the current line to lt line gt Show the current setting AT ELIN lt line gt AT ELIN ELIN lt line gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR ELIN lt line gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR 254 19 6 AT E2SSD LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Show if the command is AT ELIN ELIN list of supported supported lt line gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Note This command requests the ME to set the current line to lt line gt The following command reads its value from the current line and is thus affected by the use of ELIN AT CACM Accumulated Call Meter lt line gt Description 1 L1 2 L2 M2M Supplementary Service Dispatch Description Command Possible Responses Send Supplementary AT E2SSD lt SS_String gt OK Service com
211. g state 0 no report 1 report 38 3 CONTROL AND STATUS lt vn gt n 1 20 lt on off gt Value for each indicator For signal strength values are 0 5 others O inactive 1 active O no report 1 report 3 13 AT ECLCC List Current Calls LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set unsoliciting reporting on off Read the current setting Read the current call status Show list of supported modes Unsolicited report AT ECLCC lt n gt AT ECLCC AT ECLCC AT ECLCC OK ERROR ECLCC lt n gt OK ERROR ECLCC lt ccid gt lt dir gt lt ccstatus gt lt calltype gt lt mpty gt lt exitcause gt lt number gt lt type gt lt CR gt lt ccid gt lt dir gt lt ccst atus gt lt calltype gt lt mp ty gt lt exitcause gt lt nu mber gt lt type gt lt CR gt etc for all calls OK ERROR ECLCC list of supported lt n gt s OK ERROR ECLCC lt ccid gt lt dir gt lt ccstatus gt lt calltype gt lt mpty gt lt exitcause gt lt number gt lt type gt Description This command enables and disables unsolicited reports of call status It is similar to AT ECAM ECAV and the GSM standard unsolicited report CLCC but with a slightly different set of parameters When entering the command without any parameters the current status of all calls is returned The command is operatio
212. g the byte value to be sent lt active gt Description 0 SPI bus is active pins are controlled by SPI 1 SPI bus is not active pins are not controlled by SPI M2M Escape Sequence Guard Time Description Command Possible responses Set GPRS online AT E2ESC lt gt gt OK command guard time ERROR Show the current setting AT E2ESC E2ESC lt gt gt Show if the command is AT E2ESC OK supported ERROR Description Defines a guard time for the escape sequence in GPRS and Circuit Switched Online Data Mode to return to online command mode i e if AT lt CR gt is received either as part of the data stream or a terminating string from the application and no 155 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE further data is received for the duration of the guard time the module will go into on line command mode This guards against the module accidentally going into on line command mode The verbose format of AT lt CR gt is lt S2 gt lt S2 gt lt S2 gt AT lt S3 gt lt gt gt Description 0 No guard time Default value 1 10 Guard time in seconds 156 14 Network 14 1 AT E2CD Ericsson M2M Cell Description LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request network cell AT E2CD lt n gt ERROR description OK Show the current setting AT E2CD E2CD lt n gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt ta gt ERROR Show if the command is AT E2CD E2CD list of supported supported lt n
213. ge If enabled a negative going pulse is generated on receipt of an incoming SMS message The duration of this pulse is selectable in steps of 50 ms up to a maximum of 1 150 ms and is determined by the value of lt n gt that is used in the command The command is disabled by setting lt n gt to 0 Note The Ring Indicator will always be active for incoming calls independent of this setting lt n gt Description 0 RI is disabled for incoming SMS messages Default value 50 1150 RI is enabled for incoming SMS messages Pulse duration selectable between 50 and 1 150 ms inclusive 232 LZT 123 8023 R1A 17 Short Message Services Cell Broadcast 17 1 AT CNMI New Message Indications to TE See 16 9 AT CNMI New Message Indications to TE 17 2 AT CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Type Common for both PDU and text modes Description Command Possible Responses Select cell broadcast AT CSCB lt mode gt e CMS ERROR lt err gt message type L lt mids gt OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CSCB CSCB lt mode gt lt mids gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CSCB e CSCB list of supported supported lt mode gt s OK ERROR Description Selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME lt mode gt Description 0 Message types in lt mids gt and lt dcss gt are accepted lt mids gt Description string type All different possible combinations of CBM mess
214. gt CME ERROR lt err gt notification with the OK unsolicited result code ERROR EDIF Show the current setting AT EDIF EDIF lt onoff gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT EDIF EDIF list of supported supported lt onoff gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command enables and disables notification of divert status changes with the unsolicited result code EDIF lt onoff gt Description 0 Disable notification with the unsolicited result code EDIF 1 Enable notification with the unsolicited result code EDIF Unsolicited Result Codes EDIF lt reason gt lt status gt lt classx gt lt number gt lt type gt 19 4 AT EIPS Identity Presentation Set Description Command Possible Responses Sets the alpha tag to be AT EIPS lt ID gt CME ERROR lt err gt displayed in the ME lt alphatag mode gt OK ERROR 253 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT EIPS AT EIPS EIPS lt ID1 gt lt alphatag mode1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt EIPS lt ID2 gt lt alphatag mode2 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR EIPS list of supported ID gt s list of supported lt alphatag mode gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command enables or disables the presentation of the alpha ta
215. gt Description 31 Default maximum frame size lt T1 gt Description 10 100ms default timer lt N2 gt Description 3 Default maximum number of re transmissions lt T2 gt Description 30 300ms default timer lt T3 gt Description 10 10 s default timer lt k gt Description IE Window size 13 10 AT CRES Restore SMS Settings Description Command Possible Responses Restore settings AT CRES lt profile gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show ifthe command is AT CRES CRES list of supported supported lt profile gt s CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR 149 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE Description Restores message service settings from non volatile memory to active memory A TA can contain several profiles of settings Settings specified in commands Service Centre Address CSCA Set Message Parameters CSMP and Select Cell Broadcast Message Types CSCB if implemented are restored Certain settings such as SIM SMS parameters cannot be restored lt profile gt Description 0 2 Profile number where settings are to be stored Default value is 0 13 11 AT ICF Cable Interface Character Format Description Command Possible Responses Defines DTE DCE AT ICF format parity OK character framing ERROR Show the current AT ICF ICF setting lt format gt lt parity gt OK ERROR Show if the command AT ICF ICF list of is supported supporte
216. gt s ERROR Description Controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code E2CD when lt n gt 1 or when there is a change in one of the network cell parameters E2CD lt lac gt lt ci gt lt ta gt Read command returns the status of result code presentation and several values which show the network cell parameters Location information lt lac gt lt ci gt and lt ta gt are returned only when lt n gt 1 and the ME is registered in the network To know if the ME is registered use the AT CREG command If the ME is not registered in the cellular network an ERROR message is returned lt n gt Description 0 Disable network location information unsolicited result code Default value 1 Enable network location information unsolicited result code E2CD lt lac gt lt ci gt lt ta gt lt lac gt Description String type Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format lt ci gt Description 157 14 2 AT E2EMM LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK string type Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format lt ta gt Description 0 63 According to GSM 04 18 V8 6 0 the coding of the timing advance value is the binary representation of the timing advance in bit periods 1 bit period 48 13 is lt ta gt is the integer representation of the timing advance in binary format 64 255 Reserved Ericsson M2M Engineering Monitoring Mode Description Command Possible Responses Set
217. hborcell1 ch gt lt neighborcell1 rxl gt lt neighborcell2 mcc gt lt neighborcell2 mnc gt lt neighborcell2 ci gt lt neighborcell2 bsic gt lt neighborcell2 ch gt lt neighborcell2 rxl gt lt neighborcelln mcc gt lt neighborcellnmnc gt lt neighborcellnci gt lt neighborcelln bsic gt lt neighborcelln ch gt lt neighborcelln rxl gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK AT E2EMM 5 E2EMM lt servcell mcc gt lt servcell mnc gt lt servcell lac gt lt servcell ci gt lt servcell bsic gt lt servcell ch gt lt servcell rxl gt lt servcell C1 gt lt servcell C2 gt lt servcell rxlFull gt lt servcell rxlSub gt lt servcell rxqfull gt lt servcell rxqsub gt lt servcell tn gt lt servcell ta gt lt neighborcell1 mcc gt lt neighborcell1 mnc gt lt neighborcell1 lac gt lt neighborcell1 ci gt lt neighborcell1 bsic gt lt neighborcell1 ch gt lt neighborcell1 rxl gt lt neighborcell1 C1 gt lt neighborcell1 C2 gt lt neighborcell2 mcc gt lt neighborcell2 mnc gt lt neighborcell2 lac gt lt neighborcell2 ci gt lt neighborcell2 bsic gt lt neighborcell2 ch gt lt neighborcell2 rxl gt lt neighborcell2 C1 gt lt neighborcell2 C2 gt lt neighborcelln mcc gt lt neighborcellnmnc gt lt neighborcelln lac gt lt neighborcelln ci gt lt neighborcelln bsic gt lt neighborcelln ch gt lt neighborcelln rxl gt lt neighborcelln C1 gt lt neighborcelln C2 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK AT E2E
218. hen the PIN code has been inserted AT EPEE lt onoff gt Show the current setting AT EPEE Show if the command is AT EPEE supported CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR EPEE lt onoff gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR EPEE list of supported lt onoff gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK LZT 123 8023 R1A 45 3 CONTROL AND STATUS ERROR Description The command requests the MS to report when the PIN code has been inserted and accepted lt onoff gt Description 0 Request for report on inserted PIN code is not activated off Default value 1 Request for report on inserted PIN code is activated on 3 18 AT CALA Set Alarm LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set an alarm time in the ME Show the current setting Show if the command is Supported AT CALA lt time gt lt n gt lt type gt lt text gt lt recurr gt lt silent gt AT CALA AT CALA CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CALA lt time1 gt lt n1 gt lt type1 gt lt tex t1 gt lt recurr1 gt lt silent1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CALA lt time2 gt lt n2 gt lt type2 gt lt tex t2 gt lt recurr2 gt lt silent2 gt J CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR CALA list of supported lt n gt s list of supported type gt s lt tlength gt lt rlength gt list of supported lt silent gt
219. ication Calling Line Identification Restriction Mobile Equipment Error Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Send Command Delete Message Message Format List Message Read Message Send Message Write Message to Memory Call Mode Send From Storage Switch to 07 10 Multiplex Protocol New Message Indications to TE Subscriber Number Connected Line Identification on Presentation Read operator names Operator Selection ME Activity Status Phonebook Find Phonebook Read ME Storage Phonebook Write PIN Control Preferred Message Storage Preferred operator list Change Password Service Reporting Control 118 119 26 170 50 51 170 267 268 53 54 209 226 201 221 215 204 201 26 207 148 211 172 173 174 175 55 193 193 195 196 57 198 176 59 61 289 LZT 123 8023 R1A 22 ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF AT COMMANDS AT CRC AT CREG AT CRES AT CRLP AT CSAS AT CSCA AT CSCB AT CSCS AT CSDH AT CSMP AT CSMS AT CSQ AT CSSN AT CTZU AT CUSD AT CVHU AT F___ AT GMI AT GMM AT GMR AT ICF AT IFC AT ILRR AT IPR AT VTS AT WS46 ATA ATD ATE ATH ATI ATL ATM ATO ATP ATQ Cellular Result Code Network Registration Restore SMS Settings Radio Link Protocol Save Settings Service Centre Address Select Cell Broadcast Message Type Select Character Set Show Text Mode Parameters Set Text Mode Parameters Select Message Service Signal Strength Supplementary Service Notifica
220. ication EA For further information please contact SEM customer support LZT 123 7607 R1B 28 5 TCP IP STACK 5 TCP IP Stack An on board IP TCP UDP stack has been integrated into the software negating the need for the customer to implement one in their own code base For early software releases this is only accessible through the embedded applications see previous section using intrinsic functions 5 1 Implementation The following types of commands allow various functions e Open closing IP connection Negotiates closes a dynamic IP address with the web server e Send Receive TCP packets Performs all TCP operations to send and receive packets e Send Receive UDP packets Performs all UDP operations to send and receive packets e Resolve URL to an IP address Similar to nslookup command in DOS When the unit is set up and controlled using the embedded applications either the embedded applications or an external application can generate data to be sent and pass it to the radio device for transmission This effectively provides a transparent communication link to an internet server from the application over GPRS 29 LZT 123 7607 R1B 6 OPERATION 6 Operation 6 1 Switching the GT47 On The GT47 is turned ON automatically once DC power is applied If the GT47 is turned OFF using one of the methods described in 6 2 the control terminal can be turned ON again through one of two methods e
221. in the MS lt ch2 gt lt bsic2 gt to the BTS 15 and so on If any of the lt ch gt s is already in the top list then it is skipped The read command displays the data of every neighbour cell including the following parameters MCC MNC Cell ID BSIC Channel and Rx Level lt ch gt Description 0 1023 It represents the ARFCN that shows the Absolute RF Channel which identifies a BCCH carrier lt mcc gt Description String Type Three digits in decimal format The Mobile Country Code identifies the PLMN serving cell country according to ITU lt mnc gt Description String Type Two digits in decimal format The Mobile Network Code identifies the PLMN operator in the serving cell lt ci gt Description String type Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format lt bsic gt Description String Type One byte Base Stations Identification code in hexadecimal format lt rxl gt Description String Type Received Signal Strength level in dBm measured in idle mode LZT 123 8023 R1A 181 14 NETWORK 14 20 AT ESRT SIM Reset Timeout Description Command Possible Responses Set SIM Reset timeout time AT ESRT lt time gt Read current setting AT ESRT Test if the command is AT ESRT OK ERROR e ESRT lt time gt OK ERROR E2SDR list of supported supported lt time gt s OK ERROR Description Th
222. indications are routed to the TE No class Class 0 class 1 and class 3 use lt mem3 gt as preferred storage Class 2 messages shall be stored in the SIM If it this is not possible then the MS shall send an error message accordingly to GSM 03 38 1 SMS DELIVER is stored into ME TA and the indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code CMTI lt mem gt lt index gt 2 Class 0 class 1 and class 3 SMS DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE using the unsolicited result code CMT lt oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt text mode enabled About parameters in italics refer to the show text mode command CSDH 3 Class 3 SMS DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes CMT lt oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt Text Mode enabled About parameters in italics refer to the show text mode command CSDH Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in lt mt gt 1 lt bm gt Description 0 Store message to BM or some manufacturer specific memory No CBM indications are routed to the TE 2 New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code CBM lt sn gt lt mid gt lt d
223. ined values lt Activate gt Description 0 Deactivate IP Session 1 Activate IP Session lt cid gt Description Integer Value range 0 10 for a reference to a PDP context identifier previously defined with AT CGDCONT 99 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP lt ErrNum gt Description 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 255 PDP Invalid Context PDP Account Invalid PDP Shutdown Failure PDP Setup Cancelled PDP Too Many Active Accounts PDP Conflict with Higher Priority Account PDP Too Many Active Users PDP Non Existant Account PDP Stop at User Request PDP Authentication failed PDP Bearer Failed Connect PDP Remote Server Busy PDP Remote Server Refused PDP Bearer Busy PDP Line Busy PDP Unknown Error PDP Invalid Parameter lt Active gt Description IP Session Inactive IP Session Active Unsolicited Result codes None Execution Time Executed immediately not time critical Example AT E2IPA E2IPA 0 1 0 10 OK LZT 123 8023 R1A 100 7 2 AT E2IPO 7 DATA TCP IP AT E2IPA E2IPA 0 IP Session Inactive OK AT E2IPA 1 1 OK Activate PDP Context with id 1 AT E2IPA E2IPA 1 OK IP Session Active AT E2IPA 1 2 Try activating an invalid context E2IPA 002 Error code denotes problem ERROR M2M IP cOnnect Open Description Command Possible Responses Request an IP AT E2IPO lt IPTyp
224. interface e RJ12 6 way power supply and extended I O connector e RJ9 4 way handset connector e SIM card reader e FME male coaxial jack antenna connector 3 1 Power Supply and Extended I O Connector An RJ 12 6 way connector as shown and described below serves as a means of supplying and controlling d c power to the modem Additionally there are several extended input output signals available that can be used to control or interface external systems and devices General signal description LZT 123 7607 R1B 12 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION Note The power connector electrical characteristics are listed below Pin Signal Dir Limits Description 1 Vin 5 32V Positive power input 2 OUT 2 O 32V 0 25A Low side switch short circuit protected 3 IN 1 0 5 32V Digital Input Vin gt 3V Vit lt 2 8V Intemal Pull Down of 40KQ 4 TO_IN 0 5 32V Active low control line used to switch the GT47 off on Vin gt 5V Vi lt 2V Poweroff on t gt 0 2s Intemal Pull Up to Viy of 20KQ 5 OUF1 O Vin 0 4A High side switch short circuit protected 6 GND l Negative power ground input and retum path for TO_IN and the extended inputs and outputs Signal OUT 2 on the RJ12 connector is switched in parallel to signal OUT 4 on the 15 pin high density socket The individual output signals are generated by two different low side switches inside the module driven from a common control signal 3 1 1
225. ionship to the G R47 G R48 engine GI47 GTA7 Primary Dir GR47_ Corresponding GR47 Pin Signal Pin Signal HD15 Connector 1 DCD O 38 DCD 2 RD 42 RD 3 TD O 41 TD 4 IN 3 l 43 107 5 OUT3 O 44 08 6 DSR O 32 DSR 7 RTS 39 RTS 8 CTS O 40 CTS 9 4 8V O 20 DAC 10 RI O 36 RI 11 IN 2 24 104 12 OUT 4 O 23 io3t 13 DTR 37 DTR 14 GND 15 ANA_IN 27 ADC2 RJ12 Connector 1 Vin 2 OUF2 O 23 io3t 3 IN 1 l 13 105 4 TO_IN 5 OUF1 O 21 lol 6 GND GTI47 Internal Function Vin Monitoring l 26 ADC1 Power Save O 22 102 Mode t 103 on the embedded GR47 provides the common control signal for both GT47 signals OUT 2 and OUT 4 LZT 123 7607 R1B 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION GT47 GR47 Signal Cross reference Table B GI47 GT48 Relationship to GR47 GR48 engine GI47 GTAlternative Dir Pin Corresponding Pin signal GR47 Signal HD15 Connector 1 OUT 6 O 38 O1 2 42 3 O 41 4 TD 2 43 TD3 5 RD 2 O 44 RD3 6 OUT 7 O 32 03 7 IN 4 39 109 8 OUT 8 O 40 04 9 OUT 5 O 20 DAC 10 OUT 9 O 36 O02 11 RTS 2 24 104 12 CTS2 O 23 103 13 IN 5 37 IN1 14 15 3 3 Audio Connector A 4 way RJ9 connector as shown below allows a telephone handset to be plugged into the GT47 giving access to the microphone and earpiece signals The connector may also be used to drive other analogue audio sub systems or devices The module is configured to work
226. iption In the case of SMS GSM 04 11 SC address followed by GSM 03 40 TPDU in hexadecimal format ME TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 In the case of CBS GSM 03 41 TPDU in hexadecimal format It is possible to send SMS in PDU mode if help for this is required then please contact customer support Prior to the R6 build of software the unit was only able to read upto 30 messages on a SIM messages in locations over 30 could not be seen or access In R6 this has been increased to 100 216 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses Read message AT CMGR lt index gt Show if the command is supported AT CMGR if text mode CMGF 1 command successful and SMS DELIVER CMGR lt stat gt lt oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt ength gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt if text mode CMGF 1 command successful and SMS SUBMIT CMGR lt stat gt da gt lt alpha gt lt toda gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt vp gt lt sca gt tosca gt lt dength gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt if text mode CMGF 1 command successful and SMS STATUS REPORT CMGR l
227. iption String type GSM 03 40 TP Destination Address Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCS Type of address given by lt toda gt lt toda gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of lt da gt is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 Note In GSM there are two types of numbers 129 which are national and 145 which are international lt mr gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Service Centre Time Stamp in time string format refer lt dt gt 206 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT lt scts gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference Example AT CMGF 1 OK AT CSMP 17 167 0 0 OK AT CMGS 447747008670 gt Test SMS CMGS 15 OK 16 7 AT CMSS Send From Storage PDU mode Description Command Possible Responses Send from storage AT CMSS lt index gt CMSS lt mr gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CMSS OK supported ERROR Description Sends message with location value lt index gt from message storage lt mem2 gt to the network SMS SUBMIT or SMS COMMAND Reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery If sending fails in a ne
228. iption There are four presentation format modes Display Compact Verbose and Reduced Display and two response types one shot response or continuous unsolicited responses The purpose of the presentation format mode Display is to display the data in a readable form including headers and line breaks lt CR gt lt LF gt This format is however not well suited for machine decoding The formats Verbose Compact and Reduced Display do not have headers or line breaks Verbose mode displays more parameters than the compact mode The response types give the user the choice of one a shot information or an unsolicited response with lt m gt seconds between each response Examples AT E2EMM 1 E2EMM Serving Cell MCC MNC LAC Cellld BSIC Ch RxL C1 C2 234 15 0016 0D91 2E 0081 085 00019 00019 Neighbour Cells MCC MNC LAC Cellld BSIC Ch RxL C1 C2 000 00 0016 4047 3A 0083 103 00001 00001 000 00 0016 423C 3A 0065 104 00000 00000 000 00 0016 2F21 21 0067 104 00000 00000 000 00 0016 8E3D 34 0077 104 00000 00000 000 00 0016 348A 10 0091 104 00000 00000 OK 159 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK AT E2EMM 3 E2EMM lt servcell mcc gt lt servcell mnc gt lt servcell ci gt lt servcell bsic gt lt servcell ch gt lt servcell rxl gt lt servcell rxlSub gt lt servcell rxqsub gt lt servcell ta gt lt neighborcell1 mcc gt lt neighborcell1 mnc gt lt neighborcell1 ci gt lt neighborcell1 bsic gt lt neig
229. is lt index gt s max length of supported lt name gt max length of lt userid gt max length of 110 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP lt password gt 1 list of supported lt pref_serv gt s list of supported lt pap_chap gt s list of supported lt lock_state gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description This command is used for defining an Internet Account Abortability Not abortable Defined values Table 1 lt index gt parameter lt index gt Description integer 1 10 Each Internet Account is given a unique index When a data account is created a corresponding ENAD account is created to complement it If the account is not changed then no username or password is used during the negotiation for an IP address see AT E2IPA command When accounts are created data account 1 relates across to ENAD account 1 these numbers always reference each other Table 2 lt name gt parameter lt name gt Description string max 20 16 bit characters Each Internet Account has a friendly name Table 3 lt userid gt parameter lt userid gt Description string max 64 8 bit characters The user id to be used when setting up the connection Table 4 lt passwd gt parameter lt passwd gt Description string max 64 8 bit characters The password to be used when setting up the connection Note If the lt passwd gt parameter is left blank this shall be inter
230. is command sets the timeout time between an attention request sent to the SIM card and when a response is expected If the time times out there will be a SIM reset The default value should be fine unless the external SIM interface is used and the cable is long causing a delay The report setting is persistent and will remain after a power cycle lt time gt Description 13 Timeout time in ms Default 14 1000 Timeout time in ms LZT 123 8023 R1A 182 15 Phonebook 15 1 AT E2PBCS Ericsson M2M Phonebook Check Sum Description Command Possible Responses Request phonebook AT E2PBCS E2PBCS lt cks gt checksum CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command is AT E2PBCS OK supported ERROR Description Command causes the ME to return the phonebook checksum lt cks gt stored internally phonebook checksum is recalculated whenever there is a change in the phonebook By requesting the checksum the external application can detect if the phonebook in the ME has changed without downloading the whole phonebook During the SIM initialisation process it takes some time to download the phonebook from the SIM card to the ME depending on the number of entries In case the command is invoked before the checksum has been calculated the ME gives an ERROR message lt cks gt Description u Hex type 1 byte in hexadecimal between containing the checksum 15 2 AT ESAG Ericsson Add to Group
231. is you would need to dial ATD121 for Vodafone 188 15 PHONEBOOK 15 6 AT ESDG Ericsson Delete Group Description Command Possible Responses Deletes a group defined AT ESDG lt gindex gt CME ERROR lt err gt in the hierarchical OK phonebook Show if the command is AT ESDG ESDG list of supported lt gindex gt s OK Description This command deletes the group at position lt gindex gt from the hierarchical phonebook lt gindex gt Description 1 10 The group index 15 7 AT ESDI Ericsson Delete Group Item Description Command Possible Responses Deletes the item in group AT ESDI lt gindex gt lt ind CME ERROR lt err gt lt gindex gt with position ex gt OK lt index gt ERROR Show if the command is AT ESDI CME ERROR lt err gt supported OK ERROR Description The command deletes the item with lt index gt in the group with lt gindex gt lt gindex gt Description 1 10 The groups index within the hierarchical phonebook lt index gt Description 1 15 The items index within the group 189 LZT 123 8023 R1A 15 PHONEBOOK 15 8 AT ESGR Ericsson Group Read Description Command Possible Responses Lists the groups defined AT ESGR ESGR lt gindex1 gt in the hierarchical lt name1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt phonebook lt gindex2 gt lt name2 gt OK ERROR Shows if the command is AT ESGR OK supported Descripti
232. ist of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQREQ lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s OK ERROR Description Allows the TE to specify a quality of service profile that is used when the MS sends an activate PDP context request message to the network The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter lt cid gt Since this is the same parameter that is used in the CGDCONT command the CGQREQ command is effectively an extension to the CGDCONT command The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters each of which may be set to a separate value A special form of the set command CGQREQ lt cid gt causes the requested profile for context number lt cid gt to become undefined lt cid gt Description Integer type Parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition lt precedence gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 High priority 2 Normal priority 93 6 DATA GPRS LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 Low priority lt delay gt Description 0 Subscribed from network value used 1 4 Del
233. layed as requested and the user wants to go backwards in the session It corresponds to 11 Backward move in the proactive SIM session requested by the user 3 Failed No response from user the text was displayed and although the clear condition was Wait for user to clear the user did not react It corresponds to 12 no response from user 4 Failed Screen is busy the text could not be displayed Unsolicited Result Codes LZT 123 8023 R1A 235 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT E2STKD lt priority gt lt clear_condition gt lt coding gt lt text_length gt lt text gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt priority gt Description 0 1 Display normal priority text Display high priority text lt clear_condition gt Description 0 Clear message after a delay 1 Wait for user to clear message lt coding gt Description 0 Text is coded in unpacked format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet as defined in GSM 03 38 with bit 8 set to O It corresponds to data coding scheme of 8 bit Text is coded in packed format using the SMS default 7 bit coded alphabet packed in 8 bit octets as defined in GSM 03 38 It corresponds to data coding scheme of 7 bit GSM default alphabet lt text_length gt Description Integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt text gt lt text gt Description string type Field of maximum length l
234. le that the current status shall always be sent with result code ECAV when activating the log function The purpose of this is two fold to gather relevant information for the call log in a TE 35 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS e to make it possible for the TE to display call state information for an ongoing call lt onoff gt Description 0 The call log function is disabled off Default value 1 The call log function is enabled on Unsolicited result codes ECAV lt ccid gt lt ccstatus gt lt calltype gt lt processid gt lt exitcause gt lt number gt lt type gt lt ccid gt Description 1to7 Integer type A number which uniquely defines a call in the ME number of call control process There can not be two call id s with the same number simultaneously The maximum number of call control processes are 7 which are 5 multiparty members one call on hold and one waiting call lt ccstatus gt Description 0 Idle 1 Calling MO 2 Connecting MO 3 Active connection between A and B 4 Hold 5 Waiting MT 6 Alerting MT 7 Busy lt calltype gt Description 1 Voice 2 Data 128 Voice2 lt processid gt Description Integer Reported when returning to the Idle state lt ccstatus gt 0 8 H 08 CC Call Control 68 H 44 MM Mobile Management 36 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 69 H 45 MS Mobile Station 122 H 7A
235. length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length lt pdu gt Description In the case of SMS GSM 04 11 SC address followed by GSM 03 40 TPDU in hexadecimal format ME TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 In the case of CBS GSM 03 41 TPDU in hexadecimal format Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses List message AT CMGL If text mode CMGF 1 command lt stat gt successful and SMS SUBMITs and SMS DELIVERs CMGL lt index1 gt lt stat gt lt oa da gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt tooa toda gt dength gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index2 gt lt stat gt lt oa da gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt ttooa toda gt dength gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt e If text mode CMGF 1 command successful and SMS STATUS REPORT CMGL lt index1 gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt mr gt lt a gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt lt CR gt lt LF gt 222 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT CMGL lt index2 gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt mr gt lt a gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt If text mode CMGF 1 command successful and SMS COMMANDs CMGL
236. lines Description 0 Tx Rx RTS CTS Full RS232 control DCD RI DSR DTR 1 Tx Rx RTS CTS 01 O2 O3 IN1 Hardware flow control only 2 Tx Rx 01 O2 03 IN1 109 RS232 control off 04 all lines used for IO Note RTS 109 CTS 04 can not be controlled with AT E2IO at this stage Note This status is not saved by the AT amp W command Abortability This command may not be aborted Defined values Table 1 lt Val gt parameter lt ind gt Description 0 full rs232 functionality all control lines used by RS232 as default on powerup 1 Hardware handshake only RTS CTS DCD RI DSR DTR converted to IO usage asO1 O2 O3 IN1 2 All Rs232 control lines swapped out for general use by IO see table above 142 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 12 INPUT OUTPUT Unsolicited Response Codes none Unsolicited Response parameters none 143 13 Interface 13 1 AT CPIN PIN Control See 3 29 AT CPIN PIN Control 13 2 AT amp C Circuit 109 DCD Control Description Command Possible Responses Set behavior of carrier AT amp C lt value gt OK detect ERROR Description Determines the behaviour of the carrier detect lt value gt Description 0 DCD always on 1 DCD follows the connection Default value Note If in online command mode while running a TCP IP session through AT Commands DCD will only be updated when returning to online data mode using ATO 13 3
237. ll in progress Talk Mode The module is switched ON and a voice data call is in progress The power consumption during transmission in Talk Mode is measured at maximum transmitted power The power consumption in Standby Mode is measured at the maximum paging rate Paging Rate 2 Current Consumption with external 4 8V Supply Active For the following calculations it was assumed that the external 4 8V load is 70mA Supply Voltage 5V 12V 32V Power Down Mode AV Max AV Max AV Max 5 15 5 15 20 50 mA Standby Mode typical Frequency AV Max AV Max AV Max 850 900 MHz 112 196 45 79 19 33 mA 1900 1800 MHz 112 206 45 81 19 32 mA Talk Mode typical Frequency AV Max AV Max AV Max 850 900 MHz 306 1316 126 556 53 213 mA 1900 1800 MHz 256 1046 106 386 43 153 mA Note These tables do not include the power consumption associated with any drive current supplied via further GT47 outputs e g OUT 1 or OUT 2 14 LZT 123 7607 R1B 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 1 2 Extended I O Signals Digital Inputs The digital input IN 1 is available on pin 3 of the RJ12 connector Its state is detected by IOS of the embedded GR47 engine see GT47 GR47 signal cross reference table page 21 The distinction between low level and high level signals is at the voltage level of 3 V Voltages above 3 V are detected as high level voltages and voltages below 2 8 V are detected as low level Digital Outputs The RJ12
238. ls refer GSM 02 88 clause 1 AP BAIC Barr All Incoming Calls refer GSM 02 88 clause 2 IR BIC Roam Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country refer GSM 02 88 clause 2 OX BOIC exHC Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country refer GSM 02 88 clause 1 AB All Barring services refer GSM 02 30 AG All outGoing barring services refer GSM 02 30 AC All inComing barring services refer GSM 02 30 lt oldpwd gt Description string type lt oldpwd gt shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with the change password 59 3 CONTROL AND STATUS command CPWD lt newpwd gt Description string type lt newpwd gt is the new password maximum length of password can be determined with lt pwdlength gt lt pwdlength gt Description Integer type Maximum length of the password for the facility lt err gt Description 0 ME failure 3 Operation not allowed 5 PH SIM PIN required 10 SIM not inserted 11 SIM PIN required 12 SIM PUK required 13 SIM failure 14 SIM busy 15 SIM wrong 16 Incorrect password 17 SIM PIN2 required 18 SIM PUK2 required 23 Text string too long 24 Invalid characters in text string 100 Unknown 101 255 Reserved by ETS Example AT CPWD SC 0000 0001 OK LZT 123 8023 R1A 60 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 3 31 AT CR Service Reportin
239. lt index gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt ct gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt fo gt lt ct gt If text mode CMGF 1 command successful and CBM storage CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt sn gt lt mid gt Page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt sn gt lt mid gt Page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt _F gt lt data gt Otherwise CMS ERROR lt err gt Show the AT CMGL CMGL lt stat gt current CMS ERROR lt err gt setting Show if the AT CMGL CMGL list of supported lt stat gt s command is CMS ERROR lt err gt supported Description Returns messages with status value lt stat gt from message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE About text mode parameters in Italics refer command Show Text Mode Parameters CSDH If the status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read If listing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by lt mem1 gt lt stat gt Description REC UNREAD Received unread message i e new message REC READ Received read message STO UNSENT Stored unsent message only applicable to SMs STO SENT Stored sent message only applicable to SMs ALL All messages o
240. lues of ME indicators lt ind gt value 0 means that the indicator is off or in state which can be identified as off state 1 means that indicator is on or in a state which is more substantial than off state 2 is more substantial than 1 and so on If the indicator is a simple on off style element it has values 0 and 1 The number of elements is ME specific If the ME does not allow setting of indicators or it is not currently reachable CME ERROR lt err gt is returned If a certain indicator is not writable it cannot be set If the parameter is an empty field the indicator will keep the previous value Test command returns pairs where string value lt descr gt is a maximum 16 character description of the indicator and compound value is the allowed values for the indicator If ME is not currently reachable CME ERROR lt err gt is returned refer to GSM 07 07 lt ind gt Description Integer type Value shall be in range of corresponding lt descr gt lt descr gt Description signal Signal quality 0 5 service Service availability 0 1 sounder Sounder activity 0 1 message Message received 0 1 call Call in progress 0 1 roam Roaming indicator 0 1 sms full A short message memory storage in the MT has become full 1 or memory locations are available 0 i e the range is 0 1 3 24 AT CLAC List all available AT Commands Command Possible Resp
241. mal format The Mobile Country Code identifies the PLMN serving cell country according to ITU lt rxqsub gt is the parameter that indicates the quality in the received signal on dedicated mode The measurement average is applied to a subset of a SACCH multiframe lt rxqsub gt Description 0 BER lt 0 1 1 0 26 lt BER lt 0 30 2 0 51 lt BER lt 0 64 3 1 0 lt BER lt 1 3 4 1 9 lt BER lt 2 7 5 3 8 lt BER lt 5 4 6 7 6 lt BER lt 11 0 7 BER gt 15 0 lt c1 gt Description Integer Path Loss criterion parameter for neighbour cells The MS calculates this parameter in idle mode to decide if the cell is suitable to camp on After the calculation the criterion is C1 gt 0 See GSM 05 08 lt c2 gt Description Integer Cell reselection parameter for neighbour cells This parameter shall optimise the selected cell reselection lt ta gt Description 0 63 According to GSM 04 18 V8 6 0 the coding of the timing advance value is the binary representation of the timing advance in bit periods 1 bit period 48 13uS lt ta gt is the integer representation of the timing advance in binary format 64 255 Reserved lt tn gt Description 0 7 Its value indicates the time slot number in a traffic channel 163 14 NETWORK 14 3 AT E2SPN M2M Service Provider Name Description Command Possible Responses Request service provider AT E2SP
242. mand ERROR Show if the command is AT E2SSD OK supported ERROR Description This command allows the user to send a Public MMI command string in order to activate deactivate interrogate or modify settings for Supplementary Services Once a string is sent the command will return OK if parsed and sent successfully otherwise ERROR is returned The command does not verify that the operation executes successfully use the AT E2SSI command to gain feedback of the operation status Refer to GSM 02 30 for Public MMI services and codes lt SS_ String gt Description String Type String in double quotes containing a Public MMI command to modify activate interrogate or deactivate a Supplementary Service String can contain values 0 9 and 255 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES 19 7 AT E2SSI M2M Supplementary Service Indications Description Command Possible Responses Set Supplementary AT E2SSI lt op gt ERROR Service indications OK Show the current setting AT E2SSI E2SSI lt op gt Show ifthe command is AT E2SSI E2SSI list of supported supported lt op gt s ERROR Description This command allows the user to display the unsolicited response code E2SSI on network responses either command confirmation or error responses for Supplementary Services This can be used in conjunction with the AT CSSN command which gives responses on the network notification of SS status The
243. mand Possible Responses Request manufacturer AT CGMI lt manufacturer gt identification CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command is AT CGMI OK supported ERROR Description Causes the MS to return one or more lines of information text lt manufacturer gt Description Sony Ericsson This company s name is displayed Example AT CGMI Sony Ericsson OK 126 LZT 123 8023 R1A 11 IDENTIFICATION 11 6 AT CGMM Read MS Model Identification Description Command Possible Responses Request the model AT CGMM lt model type gt identification lt model name gt CME ERROR lt err gt Show if the command is AT CGMM OK supported ERROR Description Causes the MS to return one or more lines of information text lt model gt determined by the MS manufacturer It is intended to permit the user of the ITAE ETAE to identify the specific model of the MS to which it is connected Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the name of the product but manufacturers may choose to provide more information if desired lt model type gt Description String type A unique ASCII character digit string always 10 characters long Spaces are used when the number of characters digits is less than 10 lt model name gt Description String type Model name for the transceiver unit for example GT47 Example AT CGMM 6100501 BVGR47 OK 11 7 AT CGMR Read MS Revision
244. mbers which ME TA converts into 8 bit octet e g two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 will be converted to an octet with integer value 42 sending can be cancelled by giving lt ESC gt character IRA 27 lt ctrl Z gt IRA 26 must be used to indicate the ending of the message body lt fo gt Description 0 First octet of SMS DELIVER in integer format 1 First octet of SMS_ SUBMIT in integer format 2 First octet of SMS STATUS REPORT in integer format 3 First octet of SMS COMMAND in integer format lt mr gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference lt ra gt Description String GSM 03 40 TP Recipient Address Value field BCD or GSM default alphabet are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set refef command CSCS Type of address given by lt tosca gt lt dt gt Description String GSM 03 40 TP Discharge Time in string format yy MM dd hh mm ss zz where characters indicate year month day hour minutes seconds and time zone lt st gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP Status lt ct gt Description Integer GSM 03 40 TP Command Type default 0 lt sn gt Description 225 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 12 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Integer GSM 03 41 CBM Serial Number lt mid gt Description String type All different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers
245. mmand e g AT E2IO or via an intrinsic function if using an embedded application When reconfiguring a GT47 signal via AT command or intrinsic function the corresponding GR47 signal name must be used see GT47 GR47 signal cross reference table page 21 The electrical characteristics of the serial port signals are shown below Pin GT47 Dir Max Description Signal Voltage limits 1 DCD O 13 2V RS232 signal Data camierdetect Vou 2 45V 2 RD O 13 2V RS232 signal Received data Voy gt 25V 3 TD 25V RS232 signal Transmitted data V lt 0 6V V4 gt 2 4V 4 IN 3 0 5 32V Digital input V gt 3V V lt 2 8V PullDown with 40KQ 5 OUT3 32V 0 25A low side switch short circuit protected 6 DSR 13 2V RS232 signal Data set ready Vou 2 45V 7 RTS 25V RS232 signal Request to send V lt 0 6V Vi gt 2 4V 8 CTs O 13 2V RS232 signal Clearto send Vout 2 V LZT 123 7607 R1B 16 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 2 1 Standard RS232 3 2 2 Serial Data Pin GT47 Dir Max Description Signal Voltage limits 9 4 8V O 0 4 8V Voltage supply forextemal devices 75mA Supply voltage 4 8V max current 75mMA 10 RI O 13 2V RS232 signal Ring indicator Vout 2 5V 11 IN 2 0 5 32V_ Digital input Vi gt 3V V lt 2 8V PullDown with 40KQ 12 OUT4 O 32V 0 25A low side switch short circ uit protected 13 DIR 25V RS232 signal Data Terminal Ready V lt 0 6V Vi gt 2 4V 14 GND Ground connection
246. mmand and after the last AT command before the new NMEA NMEA commands must start with a All NMEA commands are forwarded to UART2 All NMEA responses from UART2 are displayed as responses to UART1 along with AT responses By sending AT EENMEA 0 the application ends AT and NMEA commands simultaneous handling mode It sends OK and then returns to AT mode The port rate of UART1 for NMEA commands can be controlled using the AT NMPR command 120 LZT 123 8023 R1A 9 GPS INTEROPERABILITY Responses Description OK The requested action has been performed ERROR Following causes of error are considered incorrect syntax NMEA commands have already been enabled in other 07 10 channels lt mode gt Description 0 Disable NMEA communication Default value 2 Enable NMEA communication simultaneously with AT commands 9 2 AT E2NMPR Ericsson M2M Set NMEA GPS Port Rate LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request operation to set AT E2NMPR lt pr gt ERROR data rate for GPS NMEA OK Port Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT E2NMPR E2NMPR lt pr gt AT E2NMPR E2NMPR list of supported lt pr gt s ERROR Description This command allows the user to set the physical Data rate for the GPS NMEA port The port rate will be set for the GPS NMEA port only when NMEA is active see AT EENMEA lt op gt Description o 6
247. n This command allows control of the following call related services e acall can be temporarily disconnected from the ME but the connection is retained by the network e multiparty conversation conference calls e the served subscriber who has two calls one held and the other either active or alerting can connect the other parties and release the served subscriber s own connection e This command should also be used when hanging up calls which have been initiated while a GPRS session is on going Calls can be put on hold recovered released added to conversation and transferred similarly as defined in 3GPP TS 22 030 265 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES This is based on the GSM UMTS supplementary services HOLD Call Hold refer 3GPP TS 22 083 clause 2 MPTY MultiParty refer 3GPP TS 22 084 and ECT Explicit Call Transfer refer 3GPP TS 22 091 The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM UMTS supplementary services is described in the GSM UMTS standards Note Call Hold and MultiParty are only applicable to teleservice 11 It is recommended although optional that test command returns a list of operations which are supported The call number required by some operations is denoted by x e g CHLD 0 0x 1 1x 2 2x 3 lt n gt Description Integer type equals to numbers entered before SEND button in GSM 02 30 subclause 4 5 5 1 0 Releases all held calls o
248. n the serial interface Therefore an embedded application that monitors DTR while the IC is powered down can be made to wake up the IC if a signal is received by setting IO2 on the GR47 high 6 5 Controller Mode The GT47 when powered up will normally start up its GSM signalling software and look to register on the GSM network Any embedded application script runs as a background process as and when the GSM software is idle As a feature available via embedded applications the GT47 can be placed in controller mode whereby the GT47 powers up with a minimal subset of radio functionality The GSM signalling software is halted and the embedded applications script has full control of the processor Controller mode allows an application to run with more predictable response times LZT 123 7607 R1B 31 7 TECHNICAL DATA 7 Technical Data Data Features CSD HSC SD 2 1 GPRS Class B 441 P channels Coding schemes CS1 C4 GSM Short Message Service Features Up to 9 6kbps transparent and non transparent Up to 28 8kbps 85 6kbps subject to network support and terminal location 07 10 multiplexing protocol Voice Features Text and PDU Point to point MMO Cell broadcast concatenation of up to 6 SMS Full Rate Enhanced Full Rate and Half Rate FR EFR HR Echo Cancellation and Noise Reduction Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTMF Fax Features Group 3 Classland 2
249. n is Halted Table 6 lt RunOnStartUp gt parameter lt RunOnStartUp gt Description 277 20 2 AT E2APD LZT 123 8023 R1A 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION 0 Application is not run on module start up 1 Application is run on module start up Application Program Download Description Command Possible Responses Set Application Program AT E2APD lt cmd gt lt Scri ERROR Download ptNum gt lt length gt OK E2APD lt error gt ERROR Displays current settings AT E2APD E2APD lt ScriptNum gt lt AvlSpace gt OK Shows if the command is AT E2APD E2APD list of supported supported lt cmd gt s list of supported lt ScriptNum gt s ERROR Description This command allows the user to download scripts to the module for execution as an embedded application It also allows the management of the active script and the deletion of scripts If there is no script active then all the NVM space is available for scripts Only an active script will be considered as non overwriteable Four operations are currently allowed Download lt cmd gt 0 With this command the number of the script to be downloaded and the length in number of lines 128 byte chunks is supplied as initial parameters After the lt CR gt the switch is made into script download mode Xmodem CRC protocol The data is then transferred across the serial interface using the Xmodem CRC protocol Transfer is terminated by se
250. nal with or without a SIM card available The setting is not persistent after a power cycle lt n gt Description 0 Call status reporting is disabled Default value 39 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS Call status reporting is enabled lt ccid gt Description 1 7 Id of the call for which progress change is reported lt dir gt Description 0 Mobile Originated Call 1 Mobile Terminated Call lt ccstatus gt Description 0 IDLE 1 CALLING Mobile Originated outgoing call started 2 CONNECTING Mobile Originated outgoing call in the process of establishing a connection 3 ACTIVE Connection established between A and B 4 HOLD Connection put on hold 5 WAITING Mobile Terminated incoming call waiting 6 ALERTING Mobile Terminated incoming call ringing 7 BUSY 8 CALL FAILED See lt exitcause gt for reason lt calltype gt Description 1 Voice 2 Data 3 FAX 128 Voice 2 lt mpty gt Description 0 Call is not one of multiparty conference call parties 1 Call is one of multiparty conference call parties lt exitcause gt This is an integer value showing why the call ended Only reported when returning to the IDLE state The exit code is in most cases delivered directly from the network and therefore the codes can differ from operator to operator There may also be more exit codes than listed in the table below 40 LZT 123
251. nd is AT GMI OK supported ERROR Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the name of the manufacturer but may provide more information such as address and telephone number for customer service 128 LZT 123 8023 R1A 11 IDENTIFICATION lt manufacture gt Description string type The total number of characters including line terminators in the information text returned in response to this command shall not exceed 2048 characters Note that the information text shall not contain the sequence 0 or OK so that DTE can avoid false detection of the end of this information text 11 10 AT GMM Read Model Identification Description Command Possible Responses Request revision AT GMM lt model gt identification Show if the command is AT GMM OK supported ERROR Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text determined by the manufacturer which is intended to permit the user of the DCE to identify the specific model of device Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the name of the product but manufacturers may choose to provide any information desired lt model gt Description string type The total number of characters including line terminators in the information text returned in response to this command
252. ndicator control List current calls Ciphering Indicator Ericsson Customer Service Profile Ericsson Divert Function Ericsson Daylight Saving Time NMEA GPS Mode on UART2 Ericsson Group Item Read Identity Presentation Set Ericsson Local Audio Mode Ericsson Line Set Ericsson Master Reset Ericsson Microphone Mode Ericsson Music Mute Indication Request Ericsson Pin Event Ericsson Read SIM Preferred Network Ericsson Write SIM Preferred Network Ericsson Ring Level Set Ericsson Ring Set Ericsson Ring Signal Playback Command Ericsson Add to Group Ericsson Create Group Ericsson Set Credit Card Number 235 236 238 241 243 245 234 250 71 164 72 73 35 37 39 178 165 253 44 120 190 253 74 254 45 75 75 45 166 167 77 78 80 183 184 185 287 LZT 123 8023 R1A 22 ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF AT COMMANDS AT ESDG AT ESDI AT ESGR AT ESIL AT ESLN AT ESMA AT ESNU AT ESRT AT ESVM AT CALA AT CALD AT CAOC AT CBST AT CCFC AT CCLK AT CCWA AT CEER AT CFUN AT CGACT AT CGATT AT CGDATA AT CGDCONT AT CGEREP AT CGMI AT CGMM AT CGMR AT CGPADDR AT CGQMIN AT CGQREQ AT CGREG AT CGSMS AT CGSN AT CHLD AT CHSC AT CHSD AT CHSN Ericsson Delete Group Ericsson Delete Group Item Ericsson Group Read Ericsson Silence Command Ericsson Set Line Name Ericsson Set Message Alert Sound Ericsson Settings Number SIM reset timeout Ericsson Set Voice Mail Number Set Alarm Alarm Delete Advice
253. nding 2 EOT bytes The first chunk of data sent contains the script information the subsequent chunks are script data Example AT E2APD 0 1 100 lt CR gt C Script downloaded here EOT 2 OK OK is only returned if the downloaded script is verified without errors otherwise an error code is reported The script is verified by checking the number of chunks received is as given by the 278 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION command and that the script information given in the first chunk matches with the script information generated by the interpreter internal to the module The script that may previously have been in this slot will be rendered invalid even if the download fails Upload Script lt cmd gt 1 NOT YET SUPPORTED With this command it is possible to retrieve the specified script from the Module NVM The file is output in hex bytes terminated by lt CR gt lt LF gt OK Example AT E2APD 1 1 lt CR gt E2APD 1 lt Script Data gt OK This example requests script 1 to be uploaded Delete Script lt cmd gt 2 With this command the script which is defined is deleted from NVM If it is the inactive script it is deleted without affecting the active script This can be done while the application is running If the script is the running script and the application is running or paused then the command will return an error The application will need to be stopped before erasing the running script using AT
254. ng There are three options the application can be requested to stop and restart can be forced to halt pause or stopped on the next powercycle of the module The stop and restart function sends a signal to the application which it will read when it handles system signals The handler to this function will clear down the current interpreter instance and respond to the signal that the application has restarted If there is no response to this signal within 1 second then the command will respond that it is unsucessful This command will not affect the running of the application on subsequent powercycles The halt function does not request anything of the application it just stops the application process and renders it inactive by force This is pause mode as the application cannot be reset until the module is power cycled The application can be restarted from the pause state which will re enable the process and allow it to run from the point it was stopped this may cause information to be lost This command will not affect the running of the application on subsequent powercycles The stop on next powercycle does not affect the current running of the application but will mean that it is not run at start up on the next module powercycle Write to CtriByte lt cmd gt 2 This parameter sets a byte variable which is available in the system status register available to the script when it is running Just writi
255. ng a valid value to this byte will set the APPS_AT_CTRL_TRIGGER flag in the application and the value written is stored in the APPS_AT_CTRL_BYTE variable These flags and variables can be read using intrinsic functions in the script and allows the script to be dynamically controlled by the AT command port This can be used to add breakpoints when debugging scripts and also allow runtime modification of the scripts operation Abortability This command may not be aborted 276 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION Defined values Table 1 lt cmd gt parameter lt cmd gt Description 0 Stop application 1 Start application 2 Write to CtrlByte available to read by a running script Table 2 lt StartType gt parameter lt StartType gt Description 0 Start Now one shot Default 1 Start on next powercycle persistent 2 Restart from pause state Table 3 lt StopType gt parameter lt StopType gt Description 0 Stop and Reinitialise one shot Default 1 Stop on next powercycle persistent 2 Halt Pause Table 4 lt CtriByte gt parameter lt Active gt Description 0 255 CtrlByte value from 0 255 Table 5 lt Active gt parameter lt Halted gt Description 0 Application is inactive 1 Application is active Table 5 lt Halted gt parameter lt Halted gt Description 0 Application is not Halted 1 Applicatio
256. nknown 145 ISDN telephony numbering plan international number 161 ISDN telephony numbering plan national number 128 255 Other values refer GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 200 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Example AT CSCA CSCA 44385016005 145 OK 16 4 AT CMGF Message Format Common for both PDU and Text Modes Description Command Possible Responses Set message format AT CMGF lt mode gt OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CMGF CMGF lt mode gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CMGF CMGF list of supported supported lt mode gt s OK ERROR Description This command tells the TA which input and output format to use for messages The lt mode gt parameter indicates the format of messages used with send list read and write commands and unsolicited result codes resulting from received messages Mode can be either PDU mode entire TP data units used or text mode headers and body of the messages given as separate parameters Test command returns supported modes as a compound value lt mode gt Description 0 PDU mode 1 Text mode 16 5 AT CMGW Write Message to Memory PDU Mode Description Command Possible Responses Write message to AT CMGW2 lt length gt memory L lt stat gt lt CR gt PDU is given lt ctrl ZIESC gt LZT 123 8023 R1A e CMGW lt index gt e CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR 201 LZT 123 8023 R1A
257. nly applicable to CMGL command lt oa gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Originating Address Value in string format 223 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCS Type of address given by lt tooa gt lt da gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Destination Address Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCS Type of address given by lt toda gt lt toda gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of lt da gt is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 lt tooa gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Originating Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt tora gt Description String type GSM 04 11 TP Recipient Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt alpha gt Description String type Manufacturing specific Should be left empty but not omitted i e commas shall mark the place were it should be Used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set CSCS lt scts gt Descri
258. nput impedance of the ANA_IN pin is 50 KQ Digital Outputs Pin 5 amp 12 Digital outputs OUT 3 and OUT 4 are available on the HD15 connector via pins 5 and 12 respectively The outputs are controlled via signals IO8 and IO3 of the embedded GR47 engine Signal OUT 4 on the HD15 connector is switched in parallel to signal OUT 2 on the RJ12 connector The individual output signals are generated by two different low side switches inside the terminal driven from the common control signal IO3 All GT47 output signals driven by LZT 123 7607 R1B 19 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION Note low side switches return to open circuit when deactivated This allows the external application hardware to determine the desired logic voltage levels with the appropriate pull up The output drivers are low side switches which short the pin to GND if they are activated As an alternative configuration signals OUT 3 and OUT 4 can be used to support a second RS232 serial interface as CTS 2 and RD 2 Further information is given below 4 8V Output Supply Pin 9 Note There is a voltage regulator implemented inside the module that is capable of supplying an external voltage source of 4 8V with a maximum current of 75 mA The voltage source can be switched on off with the DAC signal of the internal GR47 GSM engine By default the voltage source is switched on A high level of 2 75V at the DAC output of the GR47 GSM engine will switch the voltage
259. o send an unsolicited result code whenever a change in one of the inputs has been produced Setting a trigger lt val gt 1 will cause the unsolicited result to be sent when a change from the current signal state occurs signal must be unchanging when command is executed Clearing a trigger lt val gt 0 will clear a currently set trigger Configurable signals 101 to 105 must be set as inputs before they can be triggered Triggers are only applicable while the module is ON Power cycling will clear all current triggers If a signal is triggerable OK is returned and the trigger is set cleared otherwise ERROR is returned AT E210 4 105 1 Set trigger on 105 OK 105 changes state sometime later E2I0 3 105 1 105 triggered current state 1 Trigger Check lt op gt 5 Checks if a signal input is configured as a trigger Returned lt val gt shows the current trigger state 1 for triggered or 0 for not triggered If the signal is triggerable the current trigger status and OK are returned otherwise ERROR is returned AT E210 5 105 E210 5 105 1 105 is currently set to trigger OK Pinswitch lt op gt 6 Some of the IO lines are multiplexed and are only available after being switched in by use of this operation i e AT E210 6 12 OK Pinstatus lt op gt 7 returns lt val gt the pin status of the specified pin where 135 LZT 123 80
260. ode lt stat gt Description 0 Not registered ME is not currently searching for a new operator to register with Registered home network Not registered but ME is currently searching for a new operator to register with Registration denied Not detailed Registered roaming Example AT CREG CREG 0 1 OK AT ECPI Ciphering Indicator Description Command Possible Responses Request activation of the AT ECPI lt switch gt OK ciphering indication CME lt error gt ERROR 178 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK Shows the current AT ECPI ECPI lt switch gt setting OK ERROR Show if the command is AT ECPI ECPI list of supported supported lt switch gt es values OK ERROR Description This command allows the external application to activate deactivate the ciphering indication The ciphering indication allows the external application to detect when the mobile connection becomes deciphered and thus unsecured Test command gives the current value of the lt switch gt parameter informing if the indicator is enabled or disabled The ciphering indicator feature may be disabled by the home network operator setting data in the administrative data field EFAD in the SIM as defined in GSM 11 11 If this feature is not disabled by the SIM then whenever a connection is in place which is or becomes deciphered an indication is given via the unsolicited result co
261. of Charge Select Bearer Service Type Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Set Clock and Date Call Waiting Extended Error Report Set ME Functionality PDP Context Activate or Deactivate GPRS Attach or Detach Enter Data State Define PDP Context GPRS Event Reporting Read MS Manufacturer Identification Read MS Model Identification Read MS Revision Identification Show PDP Address Quality of Service Profile Minimum Acceptable Quality of Service Profile Requested GPRS Network Registration Status Select Service for MO SMS Messages Read MS Product Serial Number Identification Call Hold and Multiparty HSCSD Current Call Parameters HSCSD Device Parameters HSCSD Non Transparent Call Configuration 189 189 190 191 169 76 192 182 187 46 48 252 81 261 48 263 49 50 85 86 87 87 88 126 127 127 89 90 92 95 96 128 265 115 116 117 288 LZT 123 8023 R1A 22 ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF AT COMMANDS AT CHSR AT CHSU AT CHUP AT CIMI AT CIND AT CLAC AT CLCK AT CLIP AT CLIR AT CMEE AT CMER AT CMGC AT CMGD AT CMGF AT CMGL AT CMGR AT CMGS AT CMGW AT CMOD AT CMSS AT CMUX AT CNMI AT CNUM AT COLP AT COPN AT COPS AT CPAS AT CPBF AT CPBR AT CPBS AT CPBW AT CPIN AT CPMS AT CPOL AT CPWD AT CR HSCSD Parameters Report HSCSD Automatic User Initiated Upgrading Hang Up Call Subscriber Identification Indicator Control List All Available AT Commands Facility Lock Calling Line Identif
262. of channels Modulation TX Phase Accuracy Duplex spacing Receiver sensitivity at antenna connector Transmitter output power at antenna connector 124 ca miers 8 time slots GSM channels 128 to 251 GMSK lt 52 RMS phase enor burst 45M Hz lt 102dBm Class 4 2W 33dBm Automatic hand overbetween GSM 850 and GSM 1900 299 c amers 8 time slots PCS channels 512 to 810 GMSK lt 52 RMS phase enor burst 80M Hz lt 102dBm Class 1 1W 30dBm 1 3 2 Short Message Service The GT47 supports the following SMS services e Sending MO mobile originated with both PDU protocol data unit and text mode supported e Receiving MT mobile terminated with both PDU and text mode supported e CBM cell broadcast message a service in which a message is sent to all subscribers located in one or more specific cells in the GSM network for example traffic reports This feature is network dependent e SMS STATUS REPORT according to GSM 03 40 e SMS COMMAND according to GSM 03 40 The maximum length of an SMS message is 160 characters when using 7 bit encoding For 8 bit data the maximum length is 140 characters The GT47 supports up to 6 concatenated messages to extend this function 1 3 3 Voice Services The GT47 offers the capability of mobile originated and mobile terminated voice calls as well as supporting emergency calls Multi party call waiting and call divert features are available Some of th
263. ommand Possible Responses Write message to AT CMGW lt oa da gt CMGW lt index gt memory lt tooa toda gt lt stat gt CMS ERROR lt err gt lt CR gt lt OK Text is entered lt ctrl ERROR Z ESC gt Show if the commandis AT CMGW OK supported ERROR 202 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Description Stores message either SMS DELIVER or SMS SUBMIT to memory storage lt mem2 gt Memory location lt index gt of the stored message is returned By default message status will be set to stored unsent but parameter lt stat gt allows also other status values to be given The entering of text is done as specified in the send message command CMGS If writing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Note SMS COMMANDs and SMS STATUS REPORTs cannot be stored in text mode lt stat gt Description 2 Stored unsent message only applicable to SMs lt oa gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Originating Address Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer command CSCS Type of address given by lt tooa gt lt da gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Destination Address Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character refer
264. on This command lists the groups in the hierarchical phonebook lt gindex gt Description 1 10 The group index lt name gt Description String The group name 15 9 AT EGIR Ericsson Group Item Read Description Command Possible Responses Lists the items in the AT EGIR lt gindex gt lt gindex gt group EGIR lt index1 gt lt type1 gt lt itemindex gt lt CF gt lt LF gt lt index2 gt lt type2 gt lt itemindex gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT EGIR OK supported ERROR Description This command lists the items stored in the group identified by lt gindex gt lt gindex gt Description 1 10 The groups index within the hierarchical phonebook lt index gt Description 1 15 The items index within the group LZT 123 8023 R1A 190 15 PHONEBOOK lt type gt Description Integer The kind of item See AT ESAG lt item gt table for definition lt itemindex gt Description Integer The item s index within the phonebook contacts group 15 10 AT ESIL Ericsson Silence Command Description Command Possible Responses Sets the MS to silent AT ESIL lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt mode OK ERROR Show the current setting AT ESIL Show if the command is AT ESIL supported e ESIL lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR ESIL list of supported lt mode gt s CME ERROR lt err gt
265. ons packets Bytes 0 127 of the file make up the first packet bytes 128 255 make up the second packet etc The packet number sent is simply the number of the packet packet number starts at 0 at beginning of transmission If the packet number is greater than 255 then subtract 256 repeatedly until the number is between 0 and 255 For example if you were sending packet 731 then you would send 731 256 256 219 The 1 s complement of a byte to make life easy is simply 255 minus the byte For example if you had to take the 1 s complement of 142 the answer would be 255 142 113 CRC stands for Cyclical Redundancy Check In X Modem CRC itis also referred to as CRC 16 since there are 16 bits 1 word at the end of the block that contain the CRC This 1 word 2 byte CRC replaces the 1 byte checksum in X Modem In this implementation the CCITT polynomial is used to generate the CRC X16 X12 X5 1 CRC 16 guarantees detection of all single and double bit errors all errors with an odd number of bits and over 99 9969 of all burst errors The easiest and fastest way to calculate the CRC is to use a lookup table The first byte the downloader sends is referred to as the NCGbyte in this case is capital C in ASCII 281 LZT 123 8023 R1A 20 EMBEDDED APPLICATION The Actual Transfer The uploader waits until the downloader sends a NCG byte The NCG byte is the signal that the downloader is ready to start If the do
266. onses CLAC lt AT Command1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt AT Command2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt 51 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS CLAC CME ERROR lt err gt Description Note Causes the ME to return one or more lines of AT commands This command has the same functionality as AT This command only returns the AT commands that are available to the user 3 25 AT CLANSet Language LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Set MT language AT CLAN lt code gt CME ERROR lt err gt Show the current AT CLAN CLAN lt code gt setting CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the AT CLAN CLAN list of supported command is lt code gt s supported CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description This command sets the language in the MT If setting fails a MT error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned The lt code gt parameter is a two letter abbreviation of the language The language codes consist of two characters e g sv en etc The complete set of language codes to be used are manufacturer specific Some examples are described under lt code gt For a complete list see ISO 639 The read command gives the current language as output If the language has been set to AUTO the read command returns the current language set from the SIM card Hence the AUTO code is never returned by the read command Test command returns suppo
267. ontrols the presentation of an unsolicited result code CGREG lt stat gt when lt n gt 1 and there is a change in the GPRS packet domain network registration status of the MS or code CGREG lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt when lt n gt 2 and there is a change of the network cell If the GPRS Packet Domain MS also supports circuit mode services the CGREG command and CGREG result code apply to the registration status and location information for those services 95 6 DATA GPRS lt n gt Description 0 Disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 Enable network registration unsolicited result code 2 Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code lt stat gt Description 0 Not registered MS is not searching for a new operator to register with 1 Registered home network 2 Not registered but MS is searching for a new operator to register with 3 Registration denied 4 Unknown 5 Registered roaming lt lac gt Description String type Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format lt ci gt Description String type Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format Example AT CGREG CGREG 0 3 OK 6 10 AT CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages Description Command Possible Responses Set service or service CGSMS lt service gt OK preference ERROR Show the current setting CGSMS CGSMS lt service gt OK ERROR
268. or CME ERROR lt err gt is returned Read command returns the current setting of the clock lt time gt Description string type Format is yy mm dd hh mm ss zz where characters indicate value year two last digits month day hour minutes seconds and time zone indicates the difference expressed in quarters of an hour between the local time and GMT range 47 48 e g 6th of May 1994 22 10 00 GMT 2 hours reads 94 05 06 22 10 00 08 NOTE If the ME does not support time zone information then the three last characters of lt time gt are not returned by CCLK Example AT CCLK CCLK 00 01 01 22 54 48 00 OK AT CCLK 19 11 02 09 30 00 00 OK 3 21 AT CEER Extended Error Report Description Command Possible Responses Request an Extended AT CEER CEER lt report gt Error Report OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CEER OK supported ERROR Description Causes the TA to return one or more lines of information text lt report gt Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the failure information given by the GSM network in text format lt report gt Description characters The total number of characters including line terminators in the information text shall not exceed 2041 characters Text shall not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt or OK lt CR gt 49 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 3 22 AT CFUN Set ME Functionality
269. or MO SMS Message 6 cceeeeeeee 198 16 2 AT CPMS Preferred Message Storage ceeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeeees 198 16 3 AT CSCA Service Centre Address 00 cssssssssssssssssssssssssssessseeees 200 16 4 AT CMGF Message Format cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeieeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeetee 201 16 5 AT CMGW Write Message to Memory cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeteee 201 16 6 AT CMGS Send Message cccccccceeessccceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeeeeeees 204 16 7 AT CMSS Send From Storage eeecccccceeeeeeeesssceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenees 207 16 8 AT CMGC Send Command ccccecccee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseesseeseeeseeeeeees 209 16 9 AT CNMI New Message Indications to TE cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 211 16 10 AT CMGR Read Message ccccceceessseeeceeeeeeteeeceeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeenens 215 16 11 AT CMGL List Message aici peieici chsehgeseis Higediheetabecidpeneddaueladenienns ieee 221 16 12 AT CMGD Delete Message ccceeccccceeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenneeeneeeeneens 226 16 13 AT CSDH Show Text Mode Parameters c 0 eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 227 16 14AT CSMP Set Text Mode Parameters c sssssesesssssesssesseeeaaaeees 227 7 LZT 123 8023 R1A 17 18 19 20 21 16 15AT CSCS Select Character Set cece ccecceeccceeceeeecneecaeecueecatecaeeesaeees 229 16 16AT CSMS Select Message Service
270. ot supported 228 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 15 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT AT CSCS Select Character Set Description Command Possible Responses Set command informs AT CSCS lt chset gt OK TA which character set is ERROR used by the TE Show the current setting AT CSCS CSCS lt chset gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CSCS CSCS list of supported supported lt chset gt s OK ERROR Description Note Note This command informs the TA which character set lt chset gt is used by the TE The TA is then able to convert character strings correctly between TE and ME character sets When TA TE interface is set to 8 bit operation and the used TE alphabet is 7 bit the highest bit shall be set to zero How the internal alphabet of ME is converted to or from the TE alphabet is manufacturer specific If writing an ENAD account to the module with an symbol in either the username or password and the application is using the ASCII character set then the character set that the module should be set to is UTF 8 If it is not then the module will interpret the symbol incorrectly Read command shows current setting and test command display conversion schemes implemented in the TA lt chset gt Description GSM GSM default alphabet GSM 03 38 subclause 6 2 1 Default value IRA International reference alphabet ITU T T 50 Note recommended
271. p gt group gt lt services gt SIM CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT ECSP CME ERROR lt err gt supported OK ERROR Description This command is used to read the customer service profile CSP from the SIM CSP is a list on the SIM which indicates the services that are user accessible Each of the services has a related bit within the CSP The services are grouped into service groups with a maximum of 8 services in a group For each service group a bit mask tells which services are available bit 1 Unused bits are set to 0 lt service Description group gt Byte Each service group has a corresponding number service group code lt services gt Description byte Bit mask 8 bits indicating the services within the service group Bit 0 unused or unavailable service Bit 1 available service 165 LZT 123 8023 R1A 14 NETWORK 14 6 AT EPNR Ericsson Read SIM Preferred Network LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Read entries in SIM AT EPNR lt format gt EPNR preferred list lt index1 gt lt index1 gt lt oper1 gt lt index2 EPNR lt index2 gt lt oper2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT EPNR EPNR list of supported supported lt index gt s list of supported lt format gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERR
272. ponses Set local audio mode Show the current setting Show if the command is supported AT ELAM lt mic gt lt loudspeaker gt AT ELAM AT ELAM e ELAM lt mic gt lt loudspeaker gt OK ERROR ELAM lt mic gt lt loudspeaker gt ELAM list of supported lt mic gt s and lt loudspeaker gt s parameters 74 4 AUDIO Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt mic gt Description 0 Off 1 Microphone analogue lt loudspeaker gt Description 0 Off 1 Loudspeaker analogue 4 8 AT EMIC Ericsson Microphone Mode Description Command Possible Responses Enables disables the ME AT EMIC lt mode gt microphone Show the current setting AT EMIC Show if the command is AT EMIC CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR EMIC lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR EMIC list of supported supported lt mode gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt mode gt Description 0 Microphone is disabled off 1 Microphone is enabled on 4 9 AT EMIR Ericsson Music Mute Indication Request Description Command Possible Responses Request for mute AT EMIR lt mode gt indications Show the current setting AT EMIR LZT 123 8023 R1A OK ERROR EMIR lt mode gt lt resp gt 75 4 AUDIO Show if the
273. power supply connector has two different output drivers e OUT 1 is driven by a high side switch that applies Vry to pin 5 of the RJ12 connector IO1 of the embedded GR47 engine is used to activate the OUT 1 signal see GIT47 GR47 signal cross reference table page 21 e OUT 2 is driven by a low side switch that shorts pin 2 of the RJ12 connector to ground when activated IO3 of the embedded GR47 engine is used to activate OUT 2 see GI47 GR47 signal cross reference table page 21 Vin Monitoring The voltage Viy can be monitored internally by the GT47 for example if the control terminal is supplied from an external battery ADC1 on the GR47 is used for this purpose see GI47 GR47 signal cross reference table and is calibrated to operate in the voltage range 0 31 875 V The resolution of the 8 bit converter ADC1 provides a measurement accuracy of approximately 3 LZT 123 7607 R1B 15 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 2 RS232 Serial and Extended I O Interface The GT47 supports a standard 9 signal RS232 serial interface EIA TIA 574 on the 15 pin high density connector together with a range of configurabe I Os including a second 4 wire RS232 interface Note 1DCD 4IN 3 2 RD 3 TD M341 0000 VDOOOO 7RTS 10RI 13 DTR 5 OUT 3 8CTS 111IN 2 14GND 6 DSR 94 8V 12 OUT 4 15 ANA_IN Signals that support an alternative configuration can be reconfigured using the appropriate AT co
274. pplication Program Control c sseeeseseeesessseneeaaeees 275 20 2 AT E2APD Application Program Download ssssssesesssstsseeeeeees 278 20 2 1 Xmodem CRC Protocol CCITT cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeetee 281 Environmentalist 284 8 LZT 123 8023 R1A 21 1 AT E2OTR Operational Temperature Reporting sseseseeseeeees 22 Alphabetical Listing of AT Commands Appendix A Module software and manual versions LZT 123 8023 R1A 1 Introduction to AT Commands Note This manual lists detailed information on the function of the AT Command set that can be used with your GT47 or GT48 This manual refers to the GT47 and GT48 as radio devices If there is a difference in the functionality of the radio devices the GT47 and GT48 information will be listed separately 1 1 Related Documentation 1 2 Overview LZT 123 8023 R1A Note This manual is supplied with an Integrator s Manual when you purchase a GT47 or the GT48 If you choose to use the M2mpower support environment with your module you will also receive an Application Guide AT commands issued from a computer in your application are used to control and implement the functions of the module Using AT commands the following actions are possible e Control of DCE e GPRS e Call control e Supplementary Service e SIM application tool kit e Control any embedded application in the device The GT47 contains a
275. preted as a request for the lt userid gt and lt passwd gt parameters to be set dynamically 111 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A Note Note Note Note 7 DATA TCP IP For security reasons the read command shall not return the value of the lt passwd gt parameter The empty place of the lt passwd gt parameter shall be indicated by two consecutive commas For practical information on how to use this command such as using usernames and passwords with in refer to the application note Using AT commands to control the TCP IP stack Table 5 lt bearer gt parameter lt bearer gt Description 0 Circuit Switched dial up Not Supported 1 Packet Domain service 2 Bluetooth Not supported 3 SMS Not supported This parameter is used to decide what bearer shall be used for the connection If lt bearer gt 1 the following parameters are used Table 10 lt cid gt parameter lt cid gt Description integer Id number of a PDP Context as defined in AT CGDCONT There is a one to one mapping between an IA and a PDP context A certain context can thus not be reused in another IA When a certain PDP Context is associated with an Internet Account it is implied that the Quality of Service Profile with the same id number is also associated The Quality of Service Profile is defined with AT CGQREQ and AT CGQMIN Table 12 lt pref_serv gt parameter lt pref_serv gt Description
276. ption String type GSM 03 40 TP service centre time stamp in time string format refer lt dt gt lt length gt Description Integer type Value indicating in PDU mode CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length lt data gt The entered text should be formatted as follows if lt dcs gt set with CSMP indicates that GSM 03 38 default alphabet is used and lt fo gt indicates that GSM LZT 123 8023 R1A 224 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is not set if TE character set other than HEX refer command Select TE Character Set CSCS in TS 07 07 ME TA converts the entered text into GSM alphabet according to rules of Annex A backspace can be used to delete last character and carriage returns can be used previously mentioned four character sequence shall be sent to the TE after every carriage return entered by the user if TE character set is HEX the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts to 7 bit characters of GSM alphabet e g 17 IRA 49 and 55 will be converted to character TI GSM 23 if lt dcs gt indicates that 8 bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or lt fo gt indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is set the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal nu
277. pull signal TO_IN to ground for t gt 0 2s then release e activate the main RS232 control line DTR low to high for gt 0 2s The GT47 is fully operational after 4 seconds Logging onto a network may take longer than this and is outside the control of the GT47 Note The GT47 will not switch on if TO_IN is shorted to ground when the dc supply is applied 6 2 Switching the GT47 Off There are two ways to switch off the GT47 as described below e Use the appropriate AT command AT CFUN e pull signal TO_IN to ground for t gt 0 2s then release 6 3 Operating States LED The GT47 has a green LED as depicted below which is used to indicate various operating states These states are described in following table LED Operating state LED After switching on the GT47 On after 4s GT47 switched off or power removed from the module Off Standby ortalk Flashing No network network search no SIM card no PINentered On 30 LZT 123 7607 R1B 6 OPERATION 6 4 Power Save The GT47 can power down the main RS232 IC when not needed in order to minimise power consumption The IC is powered up automatically at start up but can be powered down by setting the output of IO2 on the embedded GR47 pin22 to low via AT command or embedded application Once powered down the IC can be woken up by setting the output of IO2 high on the GR47 via AT Command Even when powered down the IC is able to pass a DTR signal received o
278. r sets User Determined User Busy UDUB for a waiting call 0X Releases a specific call X from a held multiparty call 1 Releases all active calls if any exist and accepts the other held or waiting call 1X Releases a specific active call X 2 Places all active calls if any exist on hold and accepts the other held or waiting call 2X Places all active calls on hold except call X with which communication is supported 3 Adds a held call to the conversation 4 Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls explicit call transfer X is the numbering starting with 1 of the call given by the sequence of setting up or receiving the calls active held or waiting as seen by the served subscriber Calls hold their number until they are released New calls take the lowest available number Where both a held and a waiting call exists the above procedures shall apply to the waiting call i e not to the held call in conflicting situation Note The directory number case shall be handled with dial command D and the END case with hangup command H or CHUP 266 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 11 LZT 123 8023 R1A 19 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES AT CLIP Calling Line Identification Description Command Possible Responses Request calling line AT CLIP lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt identification OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CLIP e CLIP lt n gt lt m gt CME ERROR lt
279. received signal strength indication lt rssi gt and channel bit error rate lt ber gt from the ME Test command returns values supported by the TA as compound values lt rssi gt Description 0 113dBm or less 1 111dBm 2 30 109 53dBm 31 51dBm or greater 99 Not known or not detectable lt ber gt Description 0 7 As RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05 08 subclause 8 2 4 99 Not known or not detectable Example AT CSQ CSQ 13 99 OK Note An alternative command to this is AT E2EMM as it gives more information and a precise reading in dBm 63 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 3 35 AT CTZU Automatic Time Zone Update LZT 123 8023 R1A Note Description Command Possible Responses Enable and disable AT CTZU lt onoff gt CME ERROR lt err gt automatic time zone OK update via NITZ ERROR Show the current setting AT CTZU CTZU lt onoff gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CTZU e CTZU list of supported supported lt onoff gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Enables and disables the automatic time zone update via NITZ If setting fails in an ME error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned lt onoff gt Description 0 The automatic time zone update is disabled off Default value 1 The automatic time zone update is enabled on This is highly network dependent Most networks around the world ha
280. refer lt mid gt default is empty string e g 0 1 5 7 lt mid gt GSM 03 41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format lt page gt Description Integer format GSM 03 41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4 7 in integer format lt pages gt Description Integer format GSM 03 41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0 3 in integer format Example AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGL CMGL REC UNREAD REC READ STO UNSENT STO SENT ALL OK AT CMGD Delete Message Common for both PDU and Text modes Description Command Possible Responses Delete message AT CMGD lt index gt CMS ERROR lt err gt lt delflag gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CMGD OK supported ERROR Description Deletes message from preferred message storage lt mem1 gt location lt index gt If lt delflag gt is present and not set to 0 the ME shall ignore lt index gt and act according to the definition of lt delflag gt in the table shown below If lt delflag gt is omitted only the entry in lt index gt will be deleted 226 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT If deleting fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Test command shows the valid memory locations lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory lt delflag gt Description 0 Delete the message specified in lt index gt Default 4 Delete all messag
281. relating software versions across to manual versions since the newer versions of software related Module software version Manual version R6A023 R1A The above table relates to type approved versions only if using non type approved software guidance should be sought from customer support Software versions were available for the GT47 GT48 prior to R1A i e R5B009 However manuals were not available and the GR documentation should be used 292
282. result codes and data when TA is in on line data mode lt ind gt Description 0 No indicator event reporting Indicator event reporting using result code CIEV lt ind gt lt value gt lt ind gt indicates the indicator order number as specified for CIND and lt value gt is the new value of indicator Only those indicator events which are not caused by CIND shall be indicated by the TA to the TE 54 3 CONTROL AND STATUS lt bfr gt Description 0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when lt mode gt 1 3 is entered Unsolicited Result Codes CKEV lt key gt lt press gt CIEV lt ind gt lt value gt 3 28 AT CPAS ME Activity Status Description Command Possible Responses Execute ME Activity AT CPAS lt mode gt CPAS lt pas gt Status CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CPAS e CPAS supported list of supported lt pas gt s CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Description Returns the activity status lt pas gt of the ME It can be used to interrogate the ME before requesting action from the ME When the command is executed without the lt mode gt argument the command returns lt pas gt values from 0 to 128 for supported values see table below When on the other hand the command is executed with the lt mode gt argument set to 1 the command may return Ericsson specific lt pas gt values from
283. ription string type Memory from which messages are read and deleted commands List Messages CMGL Read Message CMGR and Delete Message CMGD ME ME message storage 198 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT SM SIM message storage Default value lt mem2 gt Description string type Memory to which writing and sending operations are made commands Send Message from Storage CMSS and Write Message to Memory CMGW ME ME message storage SM SIM message storage lt mem3 gt Description string type Memory to which received SMSs are preferred to be stored unless forwarded directly to TE Received CBMs are always stored in BM or some manufacturer specific storage unless directly forwarded to TE ME ME message storage SM SIM message storage lt used1 gt lt used2 gt lt used3 gt Description integer type Total number of messages currently in lt mem1 gt lt mem2 gt and lt mem3 gt respectively lt total1 gt lt total2 gt lt total3 gt Description integer type Total number of message locations in lt mem1 gt lt mem2 gt and lt mem3 gt respectively Note If the command is entered in at power up and the unit has not finished loading the messages the unit will return CMS ERROR 98 busy Examples AT CPMS CPMS ME SM ME SM ME SM OK AT CPMS CPMS ME 0 40 SM 1 15
284. ription Command Possible Responses Defines fixed DTE rate AT IPR rate OK ERROR Show the current setting AT IPR IPR lt rate gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT IPR IPR list of fixed supported only lt rate gt s OK ERROR Description Specifies the data rate at which the DCE will accept commands in addition to 1200 bits s or 9600 bits s as required in v25ter subclause 4 3 It may be used to select operation at rates used by the DTE which the DCE is not capable of automatically detecting 152 13 15 LZT 123 8023 R1A 13 INTERFACE The specified rate takes effect following the issuance of any result code s associated with the current command line lt rate gt Description Discrete integer value The lt rate gt value specified shall be the rate in bits per second at which the DTE DCE interface should operate e g 19 200 or 115 200 The rates supported by a particular DCE are manufacturer specific The following rates are supported 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 115 200 230 400 460 800 AT E2SPI Serial Peripheral Interface Description Command Possible Responses Set Serial Peripheral AT E2SPl lt op gt ERROR interface lt byteformat gt OK lt InitSync gt E2SPI lt byte1 gt lt byte2 gt lt byte1rx gt lt byte2rx gt lt byte n gt lt bytenrx gt OK Show the current A
285. ription Command Possible Responses Request operation AT E2APR ERROR with audio profile lt op gt lt prnum1 gt OK E2APR lt TxPGA gt lt RxPGA gt lt SideToneGain gt lt AuxInGain gt lt MicInGain gt lt TxAGC gt lt Volume gt lt MaxVolume gt lt MicPath gt lt SpkPath gt lt TxPCM gt lt RxPCM gt lt HFAlgorithm gt lt LocalAudio gt lt TxGainLow gt lt MicVolt2V gt lt SideTone gt lt NoiseRed gt lt EchoCancel gt lt AnalogRing gt lt prnum2 gt OK Show the current AT E2APR E2APR current lt prnum gt setting ERROR Show if the AT E2APR E2APR list of supported command is lt op gt s E a lt prnum1 gt s list of supported supported aes ERROR Description This command allows the manipulation and storage of the audio profiles stored in the MS The requirement for the 2nd and 3rd parameters depend on the operation being carried out Using the command you can e Set one of the three audio profiles 0 1 or 2 as the current profile This will load the profile s settings from NVM and implement them e Read one of the audio profiles The current settings for the profile number defined will be displayed e Copy all parameters from one profile into another e Reset any of the profiles This will reinstate the factory defaults for the profile 0 portable handsfree 1 handset 2 Car kit e Seta profile as the default profile on next pow
286. ription Command Possible Responses Set radio link AT CRLP lt iws gt OK protocol lt mws gt lt T1 gt ERROR L lt N2 gt lt ver gt lt T4 gt II Show the current AT CRLP CRLP setting lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt lt ver1 gt L lt T4 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CRLP lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt lt ver2 gt lt T4 gt L OK ERROR Show if the AT CRLP CRLP list of supported lt iws gt s command is list of supported lt mws gt s supported list of supported lt T1 gt s list of supported lt N2 gt s lt ver1 gt L list of supported lt T4 gt s lt CR gt lt LF gt CRLP list of supported lt iws gt s list of supported lt mws gt s list of supported lt T1 gt s list of supported lt N2 gt s lt ver2 gt list of supported lt T4 gt s OK ERROR 82 LZT 123 8023 R1A 5 DATA CSD HSCSD Description Radio link protocol RLP parameters used when non transparent data calls are originated may be altered with this command Available command subparameters depend on the RLP versions implemented by the device e g lt ver gt may not be available if device supports only versions 0 and 1 Read command returns current settings for each supported RLP version lt verx gt Only RLP parameters applicable to the corresponding lt verx gt are returned Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value I
287. rtable lt length gt must indicate the number of octets coded in the TP layer data unit to be given i e SMSC address octets are excluded The TA shall send a four character sequence lt CR gt lt LF gt lt greater_than gt lt space gt IRA 13 10 62 32 after command line is terminated with lt CR gt after that PDU can be given from TE to ME TA The DCD signal is in the ON state as PDU is given The echoing of given characters back from the TA is controlled by V 25ter echo command E The PDU shall be hexadecimal format similarly as specified for lt pdu gt and given in one line ME TA converts this coding into the actual octets of PDU When the length octet of the SMSC address given in the lt pdu gt equals zero the SMSC address set with command Service Centre Address CSCA is used Sending can be cancelled by giving lt ESC gt character IRA 27 lt ctri Z gt IRA 26 must be used to indicate the ending of PDU lt mr gt Description 204 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Integer type GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference in integer format lt length gt Description Integer type Value indicating in PDU mode CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length lt ackpdu gt Description GSM 03 40 RP User Data element of RP ACK PDU format is same as for lt pdu gt in case of SMS b
288. rted lt code gt s Table 1 lt code gt parameter lt code gt Description AUTO Read language from SIM card de German It Italian 52 en fr es sv da no fi 3 CONTROL AND STATUS English French Spanish Swedish Danish Norwegian Finnish Note This is not an exhaustive list of the cades available 3 26 AT CMEEMobile Equipment Error Description Command Possible Responses Request GSM Mobile AT CMEE lt n gt OK Equipment Error Control ERROR Show the current setting AT CMEE CMEE lt n gt OK ERROR Show ifthe command is AT CMEE e CMEE list of supported supported lt n gt s OK ERROR Description Disables or enables the use of result code CME ERROR lt err gt as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the ME When enabled ME related errors cause CME ERROR lt err gt final result code instead of the regular ERROR final result code ERROR is returned normally when error is related to syntax invalid parameters or TA functionality For more information refer to CME ERROR Mobile Equipment Error Code page 13 LZT 123 8023 R1A lt n gt Description 0 Disable CME ERROR lt err gt result code and use ERROR instead Default value 1 Enable CME ERROR lt err gt result code and use numeric lt err gt values see page 14 2 Enable CME ERROR lt err gt result code and use verbose lt err gt values see page 14 53
289. rvice Centre Address Select Cell Boadcast Message Type Select Character Set Show Text Mode Parameters Set Text Mode Parameters Select Message Service Signal Strength Supplementary Service Notification Automatic Time Zone Update Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Voice Hang Up Low Level Fax Commands Read Manufacturer Identification Read Model Identification Read Revision Identification Cable Interface Character Format DTE DC E Local Flow Control LZT 123 7607 R1B 40 8 ATCOMMAND SUMMARY AT Command ATHLRR ATHPR AT VTS AT WS46 AA ATD ATE ATH ATI ATL AT ATO ATP ATQ ATSO ATS2 ATS3 ATS4 ATS5 ATS6 ATS7 ATS8 ATS10 ATT ATV ATX ATZ Description Cable Interface Local Rate Reporting Cable Interface Port Command DTMF and Tone Generation Mode Selection Answer Dial Command Echo Hang up Identification Information Monitor Soeaker Loudness Monitor Speaker Control Retum to Online Data Mode Select Pulse Dialling Result Code Suppression Automatic Answer Control Escape Sequence Character Command Line Termination Character Response Formatting Character Command Line Editing Character BAC KSPAC E Blind Dial Delay Control Connection Completion Timeout Comma Dial Modifier Delay Control Automatic Disconnect Delay Control Select Tone Dialling DCE Response Format Call Progress Monitoring Control Reset to Default Configuration LZT 123 7607 R1B 41 9 ABBREVI
290. s back up power to maintain the RTC for several hours please contact Sony Ericsson Customer Support for more information LZT 123 7607 R1B 25 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 7 Software Updates It is possible and sometimes necessary to update the module software Updates must be carried out by a Sony Ericsson approved technician Please contact your supplier for details see Service and Support page 9 26 LZT 123 7607 R1B 4 EMBEDDED APPLICATIONS 4 Embedded Applications 4 1 Features The module has the capability to store and run customer written code in the form of a script during the processors idle time through the use of an on board interpreter Main features of embedded applications are as follows e C based scripting language Sony Ericsson specific e Over the air upgrade of scripts NOT GSM software e Library of intrinsic functions e Multiple on radio device script support 4 2 Implementation 4 2 1 Limitations The module has up to 44kbytes of space available for storage of two scripts in the scripting language and 25kbytes of operating RAM Structures included in this language are e Jf then else statements e While loops e For loops All hardware interfaces that are normally available to the module through the AT commands are available to the embedded application Further drivers have been written such as M bus and I7C for use by the embedded application EA through the
291. seseeeees 23 2 6 ATO Return to Online Data Mode cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeees 24 24 ATP Select Pulse Dialling v cccccuicncccien ds pete eae ee eed 24 2 8 ATT Select Tone Dialing crac cewarescoctactetaisadasates geaseieds aatepebiagenapeewtaneteeahee 25 2 9 ATX Call Progress Monitoring Control 0 ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeeeeeteee 25 2 10 ATF CHUP Hang Up Call sorier reae eea iepr aeranta iaa EERS 26 2 11 AT CMOD Call Mode s ncn 52 celendesiie ec Wessel as ihe ees cleo leceeicewies 26 2 12 AT CVHU Voice Han GU pcecoetintedoot tal seeeeocanete oleae laa nated Rantala eae 27 2 13 AT VTD DTMF tone duration cccccccccceceeeeeeeee eect eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 27 2 14 AT VTS DTMF and Tone Generation 0ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 28 3 Controland SEATS sacs esis wie cents sae cen te sens e ace aeaiia 30 3 1 ATQ Result Code Suppression 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeseeesssessessseeaaaeeeeees 30 3 2 ATSO Automatic Answer Control cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeesessesnnneesssnssieeeeeeeeees 30 3 3 ATS2 Escape Sequence Character cccssessseeessesnesssteeeaeeeeeeeeees 31 3 4 ATS3 Command Line Termination Character sssssscsccsteeeeeeeeees 31 3 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 5 ATS4 Response Formatting Character cccccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeees 32 3 6 ATS5 Command Line Editing Character BACKSPACE cceeee 3
292. shall not exceed 2048 characters Note that the information text shall not contain the sequence 0 or OK so that DTE can avoid false detection of the end of this information text Note The GT47 GT48 have a standard GR47 GR48 in them and this reflected is in the module identification 11 11 AT GMR Read Revision Identification Description Command Possible Responses Request revision AT GMR lt revision gt identification Show if the command is AT GMR OK supported ERROR 129 LZT 123 8023 R1A 11 12 LZT 123 8023 R1A Description 11 IDENTIFICATION This command returns a manufacturer specified software revision name in a text string lt revision gt Description string type The total number of characters including line terminators in the information text returned in response to this command shall not exceed 2048 characters Note that the information text shall not contain the sequence 0 or OK so that DTE can avoid false detection of the end of this information text Example AT GMR R2A009prgCXC1122112 Note The GT47 GT48 have a standard GR47 GR48 in them and this reflected is in the software version number ATI Identification Information Description Command Possible Responses Execute ATI lt value gt lt information gt Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of text followed by a final result code As an option
293. shall be digits 0 9 and 1 Response type shall be SMS default alphabet 2 Response type shall be UCS2 Coded We currently do not support this option If you use it an Error will be returned 3 Response type shall be Yes No response lt response_length gt Description Integer type 0 160 Value indicating the length of response field lt user_response gt It shall be an integer within the range between lt min_length_response gt and 239 LZT 123 8023 R1A Note 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT lt max_length_response gt lt user_response gt Description String type Field of length between lt min_length_response gt and lt max_length_response gt in string type format between Coding is defined in lt response_type gt If lt response_type gt 3 Yes No the length of lt user_response gt is 1 byte Otherwise the ME gives an ERROR message Unsolicited Result Codes E2STKI lt min_length_response gt lt max_length_response gt lt echo_input gt lt prompt_coding gt lt prompt_text_length gt lt prompt_text gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt min_length_response gt Description Integer type 0 160 Value indicating the minimum length of response field lt user_response gt lt max_length_response gt Description Integer type 0 160 Value indicating the maximum length of response field lt user_response gt lt echo_input gt
294. sing AT commands to control on SEM modules Abortability The command is abortable 109 LZT 123 8023 R1A 7 DATA TCP IP Defined values Table 1 lt sck gt parameter lt sck gt Description 0 Reference number of the socket to be connected to The unit currently only supports a single socket Table2 lt IPtype gt parameter lt Ptype gt Description 0 UDP connectionless 1 TCP connection oriented Table 3 lt IPport gt parameter lt Pport gt Description 0 65535 Port to listen on Table 4 lt to gt parameter lt to gt Description 0 When listen entered do not enter command mode unless aborted 1 255 Time out in seconds 7 9 AT ENAD Ericsson Internet Account Define Description Command Possible Responses Define an internet AT ENAD lt index gt lt n ENAD lt index gt lt cid gt account ame gt lt userid gt lt passwo CME ERROR lt err gt rd gt lt bearer gt bearer_set tings lf lt bearer gt 1 bearer_setti ngs lt pref_serv gt lt pap _chap gt Read the current AT ENAD ENAD list of lt index gt s with settings corresponding lt name gt lt userid gt lt bearer gt followed by the list of bearer dependent parameters If lt bearer gt 1 bearer_settings lt pref_ser v gt lt pap_chap gt lt cid gt lt lock_ state gt CME ERROR lt err gt Test if the AT ENAD ENAD list of supported command
295. t Name APN which you get from your service provider The command below sets up the data account to access Vodafone s internet server AT CGDCONT 1 IP internet After this you need to use the ATD command to make a GPRS call The example below dials into the network using account number 1 the GT47 supports up to 10 ATD 99 1 If the module is able to connect to the APN it will return a CONNECT At this point PPP IP packets should be sent by the application to negotiate an IP address The easiest way of doing this whole thing is to create a windows dial up networking session with the dial string 99 1 after creating the data account on the module It is not possible to initiate a GPRS session from the network at present The reason for this is that unless a PDP context has been setup it has not been assigned an IP address by the GGSN DHCP server and as a result it cannot be addressed other than through its ME number defeating the object of using IP This is specified in GSM 7 60 or 3GPP 27 060 More detailed notes on this are contained in the application notes which can be obtained from the extranet or from customer support 1 7 1 On board TCP IP stack The TCP IP stack on board the module is accessible via the AT commands these commands are broken down in section 7 for details on how to use these please refer to the Using AT commands to control the on board TCP IP stack with GR47 48 this is available through
296. t err gt OK ERROR Description Writes phonebook entry in location number lt index gt in the current phonebook memory storage area selected with AT CPBS If the lt number gt and lt text gt parameters are omitted the entry is deleted If lt index gt is omitted but lt number gt is included the entry is written to the first free location in the phonebook lt index gt Description integer type Values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory lt number gt Description string type ME number of format lt type gt lt type gt Description integer format Type of address octet default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character otherwise 129 refer to GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 129 ISDN telephony numbering plan national international unknown 145 ISDN telephony numbering plan international number 161 ISDN telephony numbering plan national number 128 255 Other values refer GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 7 lt text gt Description 196 LZT 123 8023 R1A 15 PHONEBOOK string type Field of maximum length lt tlength gt character set as specified by the select TE character set command CSCS lt nlength gt Description integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt number gt lt tlength gt Description integer type Value indicating the maximum length of field lt text gt Example AT CPBW 1
297. t stat gt lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt t gt if text mode CMGF 1 command successful and SMS COMMAND CMGR lt stat gt lt fo gt lt t lt pid gt lt mn gt lt da gt lt toda gt dength gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt cdata gt if text mode CMGF 1 command successful and CBM storage CMGR lt stat gt lt sn gt lt mid gt lt dcs gt lt page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR OK ERROR Description Returns messages with location index lt index gt from message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE About text mode parameters in Italics refer command Show Text Mode Parameters CSDH If the status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read If listing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by lt mem1 gt lt stat gt Description 0 Received unread message new message 217 LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Received read message 2 Stored unsent message only applicable to SMs 3 Stored sent message only applicable to SMs lt oa gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Originating Address
298. t text_length gt in string type format between Coding is defined in lt coding gt 18 3 AT E2STKG LZT 123 8023 R1A M2M STK Get Inkey Description Command Possible responses Answer to the AT E2STKG CME ERROR lt err gt reception of lt answer gt OK GET INKEY Show if the command is supported lt response_type gt lt user_response gt AT E2STKG E2STKG list of supported lt answer gt list of supported lt response_type gt lt user_response gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR 236 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT Description The ME passes the parameters within GET INKEY command to the external application by means of the unsolicited result code E2STKG The external application then sends AT E2STKG with the user response Answer command allows the external application to send the appropriate answer after receiving the unsolicited result code and before the timeout expires If Answer command is sent once the timeout expires an ERROR response is generated If lt answer gt parameter is not 0 a failure has occurred and no more parameters are sent If the extra parameters are sent the ME indicates ERROR Test command returns the list of supported values and the maximum value of lt prompt_text_length gt Values follow GSM 11 14 standard lt answer gt Description 0 OK Performed as required the text was displayed It corr
299. tced leat aty eiatanteetenbies 50 3 23 AT CIND Indicator Control sSecauscinsdscadsatvechee debveckoosbos cavvesevielyaniviaebdealacantians 50 3 24 AT CLAC List all available AT Commands cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 51 3 25 AT CLAN Set Language viiisctn ce cerictensiaccacehsareasabactacedavabenteeeandeniniee 52 3 26 AT CMEE Mobile Equipment Error cccccsssssccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 53 3 27 AT CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting cccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 54 3 28 AT CPAS ME Activity Status cccc02 esses as 2nd ese eds seas 55 3 29 AT CPIN PIN Controls oiccocal io vacant erste tie vafestins tenes eoeta es a aadechenss 57 3 30 AT CPWD Change Password ccccceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeneesnneeeeeees 59 3 31 AT CR Service Reporting Control 0 ceccceeccccseeeeeeesecceeeeeeeeeeeenesneeeees 61 3 32 AT CRC Cellular Result Code cccccccccsssscccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeess 61 3 33 AT CSAS Save Settings xi cistesncenet laches banter ented ond ioeen rene let dae 62 3 34 AT CSQ Signal Strength ee ceceeeee cece eeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeees 63 3 35 AT CTZU Automatic Time Zone Update ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 64 A Audioa e a a crawl a a a a a A 65 4 1 AT E2EAMS Ericsson M2M Audio Profile Modification 0000 65 4 2 AT E2APR M2M Audio Profile Manipulation ssssssecsseeeeeeeeeeeeees 69 4 3 AT EALR Ericsson Audio Line Request
300. tenna The module is fitted with a 50Q FME male coaxial jack as shown below RF Signal The table below shows the antenna electrical characteristics Parameter Limit Description Nominal impedance 50Q SWR betterthan 2 5 1 2 Watt peak Class 4 Output Power 1 Watt peak Class 1 Better than 102dBm Static Sensitivity Better than 102dBm EG SM 850 900 GSM 1800 1900 EG SM 850 900 GSM 1800 1900 LZT 123 7607 R1B 24 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION 3 5 SIM Card Reader Caution The module is fitted with a SIM card reader designed for 3 V and 5 V SIM cards It is the flip up type which is lockable in the horizontal position and is accessed through a removable panel as shown below The SIM card reader incorporates a SIM presence switch which detects whether a SIM card is inserted The full operation of the GT47 relies on a SIM card being inserted Some GT47 functionality may be lost if you try to operate the control terminal without a SIM card The SIM presence switch also ensures that when a SIM card is inserted or removed the unit is reset as long as the GT47 is switched ON 3 6 Real Time Clock The module contains a real time clock RTC to maintain accurate timekeeping and to enable timestamping of messages The RTC is powered all the time that the GT47 is turned on When the GT47 is powered off a storage energy device within the module provide
301. the PIN is to be entered twice the TA autonomously repeats the PIN If no PIN request is pending no action is taken towards the ME and an error message CME ERROR lt err gt is returned to the TE If the PIN required is PUK the second pin is required This second PIN lt newpin gt is used to replace the old PIN in the SIM Commands which interact with the ME that are accepted when the ME has a pending request for SIM PIN SIM PUK or PH SIM are CGMI CGMM CGMR CGSN CFUN CMEE CPIN L and M lt pin gt lt newpin gt Description string The range for the SIM PIN and the PH SIM PIN is 4 8 digits The SIM PUK consists of 8 digits lt code gt Description READY ME is not pending for any password SIM PIN ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given 57 LZT 123 8023 R1A 3 CONTROL AND STATUS SIM PUK ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given PH SIM PIN ME is waiting PHone to SIM card password to be given SIM PIN2 ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given This lt code gt is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure i e CME ERROR 17 if PIN2 is not entered correctly after the failure it is recommended that ME does not block its operation SIM PUK2 ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given This lt code gt is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure i e CME ERROR 18 if PUK2 and new PIN2
302. the current setting AT EALR EALR lt mode gt lt activation gt lt re sp gt Show if the command is AT EALR EALR list of supported supported lt mode gt s lt activation gt s and lt aud_status gt s parameters Description Included for compatibility No functionality lt mode gt Description 0 No request for ATMS or AFMS 1 Request ATMS and not AFMS 2 Request AFMS and not ATMS 3 Request ATMS and AFMS lt activation gt Description 0 Not direct activated audio accessory e g cordless portable hands free 1 Direct activated audio accessory e g vehicle hands free lt aud_status gt Description 0 No change of the audio status 1 Audio hand over Accessory hands over control of both the audio lines and the call to the ME 2 Audio demand Accessory demands control of both the audio lines and the call lt resp gt Description 0 Disable ATMS and AFMS 1 Enable ATMS and disable AFMS 2 Disable ATMS and enable AFMS 71 LZT 123 8023 R1A 4 AUDIO 3 Enable ATMS and AFMS 4 4 AT EAMS Ericsson Audio Mode Selection LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Sets the audio AT EAMS lt internal_voice_alg mode for the gt lt noise_reduction gt application L lt side tone gt L lt short_echo_canceling gt L lt ATMS_gain gt L lt class gt L lt ATMS_sensitivity_deviation_ from_class gt L lt AFMS_sensitivity_deviation_ from_class gt
303. tion Automatic Time Zone Update Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Voice Hang Up Low Level Fax Commands Read Manufacturer Identification Read Model Identification Read Revision Identification Cable Interface Character Format DTE DCE Local Flow Control Cable Interface Local Rate Reporting Cable Interface Port Command DTMF and Tone Generation Mode Selection Answer Dial Command Echo Hang up Identification Information Monitor Speaker Loudness Monitor Speaker Control Return to Online Data Mode Select Pulse Dialing Result Code Suppression 61 177 149 82 62 200 233 229 227 227 230 63 269 64 271 27 124 128 129 129 150 151 151 152 28 145 20 21 146 23 130 23 76 24 24 30 290 LZT 123 8023 R1A 22 ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF AT COMMANDS ATSO Automatic Answer Control 30 ATS2 Escape Sequence Character 31 ATS3 Command Line Termination Character 31 ATS4 Response Formatting Character 32 ATS5 Command Line Editing Character BACKSPACE 33 ATS6 Blind Dial Delay Control 33 ATS7 Connection Completion Timeout 34 ATS8 Comma Dial Modifier Delay Control 34 ATS10 Automatic Disconnect Delay Control 35 ATT Select Tone Dialing 25 ATV DCE Response Format 146 ATX Call Progress Monitoring Control 25 ATZ Reset to Default Configuration 147 291 22 ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF AT COMMANDS Appendix A Module software and manual versions Note Note LZT 123 8023 R1A Below is a table
304. tion character Default value 0 to 127 Command line termination character 3 5 ATS4 Response Formatting Character Description Command Possible Responses Set Response ATS4 lt value gt OK Formatting Character ERROR Show the current setting ATS4 lt value gt Show if the command is ATS4 S4 list of supported supported lt value gt s Description LZT 123 8023 R1A This S parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character generated by the DCE as part of the header trailer and terminator for result codes and information text along with the S3 parameter see the description of the V parameter for usage If the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code issued in response to that command line will use the new value of S4 lt value gt Description 32 3 CONTROL AND STATUS 10 Formatting character Default value Note ASCII character 10 is equivalent to lt LF gt 0 to 127 Formatting character 3 6 ATSS5 Command Line Editing Character BACKSPACE Description Command Possible Responses Request Command Line ATS5 lt value gt OK Editing Character ERROR Show the current setting ATS5 lt value gt Show if the command is ATS5 S5 list of supported supported lt value gt s Description This S parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character recognised by the DCE as a request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding character
305. twork or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command is abortable See AT CPMS Preferred Message Storage page 198 lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory lt mr gt Description Integer type GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference in integer format 207 LZT 123 8023 R1A LZT 123 8023 R1A 16 SHORT MESSAGE SERVICES POINT TO POINT Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses Send from storage AT CMSS lt index gt CMSS lt mr gt lt scts gt lt da gt lt toda gt CMS ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show if the command AT CMSS OK is supported ERROR Description Sends message with location value lt index gt from message storage lt mem2 gt to the network SMS SUBMIT or SMS COMMAND Reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Optionally when CSMS lt service gt value is 1 and network supports lt scts gt is returned If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command is abortable lt index gt Description Integer type Value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory lt da gt Description String type GSM 03 40 TP Destination Address Value in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are
306. uest to Send RTS Pin 7 Used to condition the GT47 for data transmission The default level is inactive by internal pull down The exact behaviour of RTS is defined by an AT command Software or hardware control can be selected Hardware flow is the default control The application must pull RTS high to enable transmission from the GT47 Clear To Send CTS Pin 8 CTS indicates that the GT47 is ready to transmit data The default level is high You can define the exact behaviour of CTS through an AT command and can select software or hardware flow control Data Terminal Ready DTR Pin 13 DTR indicates that the DTE is ready to send and receive data It also acts as a hardware hang up terminating calls when switched low The signal is active high You can define the exact behaviour of DTR with an AT command Data Set Ready DSR Pin 6 An active DSR signal is sent from the GT47 to the application DTE to confirm that a communications path has been established DSR has two modes of operation use the AT command AT amp S to set the mode Data Carrier Detect DCD Pin 1 DCD indicates that the GT47 is receiving a valid carrier data signal when high You can define the exact behaviour of DCD with an AT command Ring Indicator RI Pin 10 RI indicates that a ringing signal is being received by the GT47 when high You can define the exact behaviour or RI with an AT command 18 LZT 123 7607 R1B 3 ELECTRICAL DESC RIPTION
307. ult values of the supported parameters are indicated by using bold text when presenting the value e Other characters including parenthesis etc appear in commands and responses as written e The final result codes OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt and CMS ERROR lt err gt see sections 1 3 3 AT Response Syntax and 1 4 Error Codes are not listed under Possible Responses for each AT command e OK and ERROR are listed if these are the only possible responses 1 3 2 AT Command Syntax The AT standard is a line oriented command language Each command is made up of the following three elements e the prefix e the body e the termination character LZT 123 8023 R1A 2 CALL CONTROL The prefix consists of the letters AT which are derived from the first two letters of the word attention The body is made up of the command the parameter and if applicable the associated values Commands may be combined in the same command line Spaces between the individual bodies are ignored Basic Syntax Command The format of basic syntax commands is as follows AT lt command gt lt parameter gt lt CR gt Example ATL 0 lt CR gt sets the volume of the speaker Additional commands may follow a command on the same command line without any character being required for separation For the command D parameters see the description for the command in question A version of the basic syntax is AT lt
308. use of the I O pins Since the module is processing the script using its own memory limitations are placed onto the scripts that are run e A direct comparison cannot be made to a fully compiled C program in terms of size but a gauge of script size is that if each line were 128 characters long in the script then the script could be 350 lines long e Processing power is something that needs to be considered as the script is run as a low priority process within the software However controller mode stops GSM operation and provides all the processing power for the script to be run See the Application Guide for more details e Code cannot be ported directly from an existing application and loaded directly onto the radio device It must be re written in the Sony Ericsson Mobile script language so that the radio device interpreter can function correctly LZT 123 7607 R1B 27 4 EMBEDDED APPLICATIONS 4 2 2 M2mpower IDE Integrated Developers Environment The IDE is a windows based package which allows the user to write simulate debug and download the application into a radio device with the embedded application EA software The standard version is designed to run on Windows XP and 2000 other versions are available for 98 if required A guide is available for implementing applications using the developers kit and the embedded application EA functionality This is a required package to be able to implement an embedded appl
309. ut without GSM 04 11 SC address field and parameter shall be bounded by double quote characters like a normal string type parameter Text Mode Description Command Possible Responses Send message AT CMGS lt da gt CMGS lt toda gt lt CR gt lt mr gt lt scts gt Text is entered lt ctrl CMS ERROR lt err gt Z ESC gt OK ERROR Show if the command is AT CMGS OK supported ERROR Description Sends a message from a TE to the network SMS SUBMIT Message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Optionally when AT CSMS lt service gt value is 1 and there is network support lt scts gt is returned Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command is abortable The entered text GSM 03 40 TP Data Unit is sent to address lt da gt and all current settings refer Set Text Mode Parameters CSMP and Service Centre Address CSCA are used to construct the actual PDU in the ME TA The TA shall send a four character sequence lt CR gt lt LF gt lt greater_than gt lt space gt IRA 13 10 62 32 after the command line is terminated with lt CR gt after that text can be entered from the TE to the ME TA The DCD signal is in the ON state as text is entered The echoing of entered characters back from the TA is
310. ve not implemented this and as such the unit will be unable to sychronise to network time 64 4 Audio Note E2EAMS and E2APR are new commands that replace the functionary offered by the EALR EAMS EARS and ELAM commands Use the new commands in new applications The old commands are included for compatibility 4 1 AT E2EAMS Ericsson M2M Audio Profile Modification LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Request AT E2EAMS ERROR operation lt op gt lt TxPGA gt OK with audio lt RxPGA gt lt SideToneGain gt profile lt AuxInGain gt lt MiclnGain gt lt TxAGC gt lt Volume gt lt MaxVolume gt lt MicPath gt lt SpkPath gt lt TxPCM gt lt RxPCM gt lt HFAlgorithm gt lt LocalAudio gt lt TxGainLow gt lt MicVolt2V gt lt SideTone gt lt NoiseRed gt lt EchoCancel gt lt A nalogRing gt lt val gt Show the AT E2EAMS E2EAMS lt TxPGA gt current lt RxPGA gt setting lt SideToneGain gt lt AuxinGain gt lt MiclnGain gt lt TxAGC gt lt Volume gt lt MaxVolume gt lt MicPath gt lt SpkPath gt lt TxPCM gt lt RxPCM gt lt HFAlgorithm gt lt LocalAudio gt lt TxGainLow gt lt MicVolt2V gt lt SideTone gt lt NoiseRed gt lt EchoCancel gt lt AnalogRing gt OK ERROR Show if the AT E2EAMS E2EAMS command is list of supported lt op gt s supported ERROR Description This command allows the modification
311. vibration sinusoidal Stationary vibration random Non stationary vibration including shock Bump Free fall transportation Rolling pitching transportation Static load Low air pressure high air pressure Certification Directive 1999 5 EC 30 C to 75 C 40 C to 85 C 5 95 non condensing Displacement 7 5mm Acceleration amplitude 20m s and 40m s Frequency range 2 8Hz 8 200Hz 200 500Hz Acceleration spectral density m s 0 96 2 88 0 96 Frequency range 5 10Hz 10 200Hz 200 500Hz 60min a xis Shock response spectrum peak acceleration 3 shocksin each axis and direction 300m s 11ms Shock response spectrum ll peak acceleration 3 shocksin each axis and direction 1000m s 6ms Acceleration 250m s 1 2m Angle 35degrees penod 8s 10kPa 70kPa 106kPa EMC EN 301 489 1 EMC EN 301 489 7 Safety EN 60950 1 GSM 3GPP TS 51 010 1 Tested according to GCF CC LZT 123 7607 R1B 35 8 ATCOMMAND SUMMARY 8 ATCommand Summary The AT standard is a line oriented command language AT is an abbreviation of ATtention and it is always used to start sending a command line from the terminal equipment TE to the terminal adaptor TA The command line consists of a string of alphanumeric characters It is sent to the GT47 to instruct it to perform the commands specified by the characters As the list of AT commands supported occasionally changes it is wise to
312. wnloader takes too long or an error occurs then the uploader will stop waiting or Time Out after 20 seconds If this happens then the file transfer must restart a CAN byte is sent by the module and an error code is output With each packet sent the uploader sends 1 SOH byte 1 byte 2 The packet number 1 byte 3 The 1 s complement of the packet number 1 byte 4 The packet 128 bytes 5 The high byte of the CRC 16 1 byte 6 The low byte of the CRC 16 1 byte The above six things are called the block The downloader 1 Ensures that the packet number sent matches the actual packet number that it is If the third block sent has a 4 as the second byte something is wrong gt CANCEL TRANSFER send CAN byte 2 Adds the packet number and the 1 s complement of it together to make sure that they add up to 255 If they don t gt CANCEL TRANSFER 3 Sets the CRC to OxFFFFFFFF and then calculates the CRC forthe 128 bytes of data 4 Compares the received CRC 16 with the calculated one If everything looks ok then the downloader appends the bytes in the packet to the file being created sent The downloader then sends an ACK byte which tells the uploader to send the next block If the sums do not match then the downloader sends an NAK byte which tells the uploader to send the same block it is just sent over again When the uploader sends an EOT byte instead of an SOH byte the downloader sends a NAK byte If the uploa
313. x gt lt tx gt lt aiur gt lt coding gt is returned from TA to TE when an HSCSD call is being set up The result code represents the current negotiated or renegotiated HSCSD parameters If enabled the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point of the call setup negotiation where the ME TA has determined what type of HSCSD connection will be used Result code transmission is done after possible service CR error control ER and or compression DR reporting but before possible TE TA rate ILRR reporting and before 118 8 5 AT CHSU 8 DATA HSCSD the intermediate result code CONNECT is transmitted The format of the intermediate result code is CHSR lt rx gt lt tx gt lt aiur gt lt coding gt For the value definitions refer to ATtCHSC HSCSD Current Call Parameters For instance for a non transparent HSCSD call result code CHSR 2 1 4 8 means that the call has two timeslots downlink one timeslot uplink the air interface user rate is 28 8 kbits s and the used channel coding is TCH F 14 4 lt mode gt Description 0 Disable reporting 1 Enable reporting Itermediate Result Codes CHSR lt rx gt lt tx gt lt aiur gt lt coding gt HSCSD Automatic User Initiated Upgrading Description Command Possible Responses Set HSCSD automatic AT CHSU lt mode gt OK user initiated upgrading ERROR on or off Show the current setting AT CHSU CHSU lt mode gt
314. x the timeout period applicable to Proactive SIM mechanism lt Command gt Description Integer type 0 6 It defines the command that the time parameter is going to be applied 0 All the commands with timeout associated are set to the value of lt timer gt 250 LZT 123 8023 R1A 18 SIM APPLICATION TOOLKIT Get Inkey command timeout is set to the value of lt timer gt 2 Set Up Menu command timeout is set to the value of lt timer gt 3 Set Up Call command timeout is set to the value of lt timer gt 4 Display Text command timeout is set to the value of lt timer gt 5 Get Input command timeout is set to the value of lt timer gt 6 Select Item command timeout is set to the value of lt timer gt lt timer gt Description Integer type 0 99 0 1 99 Specifies the value in seconds to be set in the timeout associated with the command specified in lt command gt All the commands timeouts are set to its default value The timeout of the command specified in lt command gt is set to this value Unsolicited result code E2STKTO lt command gt 251 19 Supplementary Services 19 1 AT CPIN PIN Control See 3 29 AT CPIN PIN Control 19 2 AT CAOCAdvice of Charge LZT 123 8023 R1A Description Command Possible Responses Execute command AT CAOC lt mode gt CAOC lt ccm gt CME ERROR lt err gt OK ERROR Show the current setting AT CAOC CAOC lt mode gt
315. you should get the result code OK e If you type an AT command that is not implemented or which had the wrong parameter or syntax you will get an error result code It is ERROR or for example lt command gt ERROR followed by an error code Final result codes are Value General meaning OK Command executed no errors ERROR Invalid command or command line too long NO DIALTONE No dialling possible wrong mode BUSY Remote station busy NO ANSWER Connection completion time out NO CARRIER Link not established or disconnected Unsolicited Result Code Unsolicited result codes indicate the occurrence of an event not directly associated with a command being issued from the TE 1 4 Error Codes 1 4 1 CME ERROR Mobile Equipment Error Code LZT 123 8023 R1A This final result code is similar to the regular ERROR result code If CME ERROR lt err gt is the result code for any of the commands in a command line none of the commands in the same command line will be executed neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned as a result of a completed command line execution The format of lt err gt can be either numerical or alphabetical and is set with the CMEE command The table below provides the numerical values for the parameter lt err gt lt err gt Description Syntax 0 ME failure 1 No connection to ME 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
316. ype gt lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt alpha gt intermediate result code is returned from the TA to the TE before any CR or V 25ter responses It is manufacturer specific if this response is used when normal voice call is established Read command gives the status of lt n gt and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the COLP service according 3GPP TS 22 081 given in lt m gt Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value lt n gt Description 0 Disable 1 Enable lt m gt Description 0 COLP not provisioned 1 COLP provisioned 2 unknown e g no network etc Intermediate Result codes COLP lt number gt lt type gt lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt alpha gt Read Operator Names Description Command Possible Responses Request operator COPN COPN selection lt numeric1 gt lt alpha1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt COPN lt numeric2 gt lt alpha2 gt L CME ERROR lt err gt 174 14 NETWORK OK ERROR Description Command returns the list of operator names from the ME Each operator code lt numericn gt that has an alphanumeric equivalent lt alphan gt in the ME memory shall be returned This command can return several hundred names and can execute for up to 90 seconds Defined values lt numericn gt string type operator in numeric format lt alphan gt string type operator in long alphanumeric

GT47/GT48 Technical Description

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents